Document:

Amended and Restated Lease

  
 Exhibit 10.2

  
 AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE 
  
 between 
  
 FIVE HUNDRED BOYLSTON WEST VENTURE, as LANDLORD 
  
 and 
  
 HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY, as TENANT 
  
 Dated as of July 28, 2005 
  

 1 

  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

					
	 ARTICLE 1 LEASE
	  	8
	 1.01.
	  	 Lease
	  	8
	 1.02.
	  	 Appurtenant Rights
	  	8
		
	 ARTICLE 2 TERM; USE; RENT
	  	8
	 2.01.
	  	 Term
	  	8
	 2.02.
	  	 Use
	  	8
	 2.03.
	  	 Rent
	  	8
	 2.04.
	  	 Operating Cost
	  	9
	 2.05.
	  	 Impositions
	  	13
	 2.06.
	  	 Computation of Operating Cost and Impositions
	  	14
	 2.07.
	  	 Adjustment for Variation Between Estimated and Actual Operating Cost and Impositions
	  	16
	 2.08.
	  	 Notice of Adjustments
	  	16
		
	 ARTICLE 3 LANDLORD’S COVENANTS
	  	16
	 3.01.
	  	 Basic Services
	  	16
	 3.02.
	  	 Extra Services
	  	18
	 3.03.
	  	 Window Covering
	  	20
	 3.04.
	  	 Graphics and Signage
	  	20
	 3.05.
	  	 Condition of Leased Premises
	  	20
	 3.06.
	  	 Repair Obligation
	  	20
	 3.07
	  	 Quiet Enjoyment
	  	21
		
	 ARTICLE 4 TENANT’S COVENANTS
	  	21
	 4.01.
	  	 Tenant Improvements
	  	21
	 4.02.
	  	 Taxes on Personal Property
	  	22
	 4.03.
	  	 Repairs by Tenant
	  	22
	 4.04.
	  	 Waste
	  	22
	 4.05.
	  	 Assignment or Sublease
	  	22
	 4.06.
	  	 Alterations and Surrender
	  	26
	 4.07.
	  	 Compliance with Laws and Insurance Standards
	  	28
	 4.08.
	  	 Entry for Repairs and Leasing
	  	29
	 4.09.
	  	 No Nuisance
	  	30
	 4.10.
	  	 Subordination
	  	30
	 4.11.
	  	 Estoppel Certificate
	  	30
	 4.12.
	  	 Tenant’s Remedies
	  	31
	 4.13.
	  	 Rules and Regulations
	  	31
	 4.14.
	  	 Personal Property at Tenant’s Risk
	  	31
	 4.15.
	  	 Payment of Landlord’s Expenses
	  	32
	 4.16.
	  	 Tenant’s Financial Condition
	  	32

  

 2 

					
	 4.17.
	  	 Energy Conservation
	  	32
		
	 ARTICLE 5 CASUALTY AND EMINENT DOMAIN
	  	32
	 5.01.
	  	 Casualty Insurance
	  	32
	 5.02.
	  	 Liability Insurance
	  	33
	 5.03.
	  	 Tenant’s Insurance
	  	33
	 5.04.
	  	 Indemnity and Exoneration
	  	34
	 5.05.
	  	 Waiver of Subrogation Rights
	  	35
	 5.06.
	  	 Condemnation and Loss or Damage
	  	36
	 5.07.
	  	 Damage Due to Fire and Casualty
	  	37
		
	 ARTICLE 6 DEFAULT
	  	39
	 6.01.
	  	 Events of Default
	  	39
	 6.02.
	  	 Remedies upon Default
	  	41
	 6.03.
	  	 Damages upon Termination
	  	42
	 6.04.
	  	 Computation of Rent for Purposes of Default
	  	43
	 6.05.
	  	 Rights of Landlord in Bankruptcy
	  	43
	 6.06.
	  	 Interest on Late Payments
	  	43
		
	 ARTICLE 7 APPRAISAL
	  	43
	 7.01.
	  	 Appraisal of Fair Market Net Rent
	  	43
		
	 ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	45
	 8.01.
	  	 Holding Over
	  	45
	 8.02.
	  	 Amendments and Modifications
	  	46
	 8.03.
	  	 Transfers by Landlord
	  	46
	 8.04.
	  	 Severability
	  	46
	 8.05.
	  	 Notices
	  	46
	 8.06.
	  	 No Joint Venture
	  	47
	 8.07.
	  	 Successors and Assigns
	  	47
	 8.08.
	  	 Applicable Law
	  	47
	 8.09.
	  	 Time of the Essence
	  	47
	 8.10.
	  	 Submission Not an Option
	  	47
	 8.11.
	  	 Brokerage
	  	47
	 8.12.
	  	 Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	47
	 8.13.
	  	 All Agreements Contained
	  	47
	 8.14.
	  	 Cumulative Remedies
	  	47
	 8.15.
	  	 Failure to Enforce
	  	48
	 8.16.
	  	 Notice of Lease; Other Notices and Agreements
	  	48
	 8.17.
	  	 Hiring Practices
	  	48
	 8.18.
	  	 Tenant’s Authorized Representative
	  	49
	 8.19.
	  	 Assignment of Rents
	  	49
		
	 ARTICLE 9 OPTION TO EXTEND THE TERM
	  	49
	 9.01.
	  	 Grant and Exercise of Option to Extend
	  	49
	 9.02.
	  	 Surrender Option for 18th Floor Space
	  	50
	 9.03.
	  	 Rent During Second Extended Term
	  	50

  

 3 

					
	 9.04.
	  	 Lease Continues in Effect
	  	51
		
	 ARTICLE 10 SWAP OPTION
	  	51
	 10.01.
	  	 The Swap
	  	51
	 10.02.
	  	 Effect of the Swap
	  	51
		
	 ARTICLE 11 LETTER OF CREDIT
	  	54
	 11.01.
	  	 Letter of Credit
	  	54
	 11.02.
	  	 Requirements
	  	55
		
	 ARTICLE 12 ADDITIONAL OPTIONS
	  	56
	 12.01.
	  	 Parking
	  	56
	 12.02.
	  	 Contraction Option.
	  	57
	 12.03.
	  	 Antenna or Satellite Dish
	  	57
	 12.04.
	  	 Exhibits
	  	58
		
	 ARTICLE 13 DEFINITIONS
	  	58
	 13.01.
	  	 Definitions
	  	58

  
 SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS

  

			
	Exhibit A	  	Leased Premises
	Exhibit A-1	  	Description of Land
	Exhibit A-2	  	Description of 222 Berkeley Parcel
	Exhibit A-3	  	New 500 Boylston Space
	Exhibit B	  	Building Standard Improvements
	Exhibit C	  	Building Rules and Regulations
	Exhibit D	  	Form of Letter of Credit
	Exhibit E	  	Cleaning Specifications

  

 4 

  
 Basic Lease Information

  
 Background 
  
 A. Pursuant to the provisions of that certain Lease dated as of
November 1, 2003, as assigned to Tenant pursuant to an Assignment and Amendment of Lease dated as of November 5, 2004 (the “Assignment Agreement”; such Lease as so assigned and amended, the “Existing
Lease”; the Existing Lease as hereby amended and restated is referred to as the “Lease” or the “500 Boylston Lease”), Tenant leases from Landlord and Landlord leases to Tenant certain premises located on
Floor 18 (the “18th Floor Space”) of the
Building located at 500 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts (sometimes referred to herein as the “500 Boylston Building”). The Term of the Existing Lease is currently scheduled to expire on February 28, 2007. Manulife
Financial USA (“Manulife”) was the tenant under the Existing Lease prior to the Assignment Date, as hereinafter defined. 
  
 B. Tenant also subleases from a third party the entire Floor 5 of the Building (the “5th Floor Space”) for a sublease term currently scheduled to expire on February 28,
2007. The prime lease between Landlord and Tenant’s sublandlord for the 5th Floor Space has a term that expires
on September 30, 2008. 
  
 C. Landlord and Tenant
desire to amend and restate the Existing Lease to, among other things, extend the Term through February 28, 2017 and to provide for a direct lease of the 5th Floor Space, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease. 
  
 D. Landlord’s affiliate, Two Twenty Two Berkeley Venture (the “222 Berkeley Landlord”), owns the property adjacent to the Building
known as 222 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts (the “222 Berkeley Building”). Tenant currently leases certain space located on Floors 3 through 11 of the 222 Berkeley Building, pursuant to that certain Lease dated as of
December 16, 1991, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of February 13, 1992, a Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of July 15, 1992, and a Third Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of May 31,
1994 between the 222 Berkeley Landlord and Tenant (as so amended and as herewith or hereafter amended from time to time, the “222 Berkeley Lease”) for a term that is currently scheduled to expire on February 28, 2007.

  
 E. Simultaneously with this Lease, (1) Tenant has
extended the term of its sublease for the 5th Floor Space at the 500 Boylston Building through September 30,
2008 and (2) the 222 Berkeley Landlord and Tenant have entered into a Fourth Amendment to Lease of even date herewith (the “Fourth Amendment”) to provide for, among other things, (a) the extension of the term of the 222 Berkeley
Lease through February 28, 2017, and (b) the implementation of the “Swap” (as defined in Article 10 below), which, if exercised by Tenant under Article 10 below, shall affect certain portions of the leased premises under the 222
Berkeley Lease and certain portions of the Leased Premises under the 500 Boylston Lease as set forth herein. 
  

 5 

			
	Date of Lease:	  	July 28, 2005
		
	Tenant:	  	Houghton Mifflin Company, a Massachusetts corporation
		
	Address:	  	222 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116
		
	Landlord:	  	Five Hundred Boylston West Venture, a joint venture
		
	Address:	  	c/o Hines Interests Limited Partnership, 222 Berkeley Street, Suite 1420, Boston, MA 02116
		
	Leased Premises:	  	A portion of the 18th floor, as shown on Exhibit A, and, effective as of October 1, 2008, the 5th Floor Space, of the Building located on the Land described in Exhibit
A-1
		
	Net Rentable Area:	  	As of the date of this Lease, 15,694 square feet on Floor 18; and as of October 1, 2008, 15,694 square feet on Floor 18 and 56,142 square feet on Floor 5, for a total of 71,836 square feet,
subject to Article 10.
		
	Term Commencement Date:	  	November 1, 2003
		
	Assignment Date:	  	November 15, 2004
		
	Extension Date:	  	March 1, 2007
		
	Term Expiration Date:	  	February 28, 2017
		
	Extended Term:	  	March 1, 2007 through February 28, 2017
		
	Option to Extend Term:	  	One (1) ten year option pursuant to Article 9 hereof to extend the Term for the Second Extended Term (as defined in Article 9), i.e., the period March 1, 2017 through February 28,
2027
		
	Net Rent from the Assignment Date through February 28, 2007:	  	$15.55 per square foot per year of Net Rentable Area

  

 6 

			
	Tenant’s Proportionate Share:	  	The ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the Net Rentable Area of the Leased Premises to the greater of (i) ninety-five percent (95%) of the total Net Rentable Area of the Office Section, or
(ii) the Total Leased Net Rentable Area. As of the date of this Lease, based on 95% of the total Net Rentable Area of the Office Section, the Tenant’s Proportionate Share is 2.58%. Effective as of October 1, 2008, based on 95% of the total
Net Rentable Area of the Office Section, the Tenant’s Proportionate Share will be 11.79% (subject to Article 10 hereof).

  
 Net Rent (per square foot of Net
Rentable Area per annum) during the Extended Term for the respective portions of the Leased Premises on the following floors (subject to Article 10): 
  

							
	 	  	Floor 5*

	  	Floor 18

	 March 1, 2007 through February 29, 2012:
	  	$	13.50	  	$	20.50
	 March 1, 2012 through February 28, 2017:
	  	$	15.00	  	$	22.00

  

	*	Net Rent for the 5th Floor Space shall commence
effective as of October 1, 2008. 

  

			
	Tenant’s Authorized Representative:	  	Sally B. Baer, Vice President – Corporate, Real Estate & Facilities

  

 7 

 THIS LEASE is entered into as of the Date of Lease between Landlord and Tenant. This Lease shall be
effective immediately as of the Date of Lease and, with respect to the rights and obligations attributable to the period commencing on and after the Date of Lease, shall be deemed to supersede the Existing Lease in its entirety; provided, however,
that (a) the Existing Lease shall continue to govern the relationship between Landlord and Tenant with respect to rights and obligations attributable to the period prior to the Date of Lease (and between Landlord and Manulife for the period
prior to the Assignment Date), and (b) nothing in this Lease shall be deemed to affect or modify the relationship between Tenant and Manulife pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Assignment Agreement. 
  
 ARTICLE 1 
  
 LEASE 
  
 1.01. Lease. Commencing on the Term Commencement Date, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Leased Premises (excluding all
Common Areas located therein, and all pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures located therein serving other parts of the Building) upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth herein. 
  
 1.02. Appurtenant Rights. Tenant shall have, as appurtenant to the
Leased Premises, rights to use in common (subject to reasonable rules made by Landlord of which Tenant is given notice): (a) the common lobbies, corridors, stairways, elevators of the Building serving the Leased Premises in common with others;
(b) common walkways necessary for access to the Building; (c) if the Leased Premises include less than the entire rentable area of any floor, the common toilets, corridors and elevator lobby on such floor and serving the Leased Premises;
and (d) all other General Common Areas from time to time intended for general use by Tenant, other Building tenants, and Landlord. 
  
 ARTICLE 2 
  
 TERM; USE; RENT 
  
 2.01. Term. This Lease shall commence on the Term Commencement Date, and shall continue in full force for the Term. Except as otherwise provided herein, Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective obligations
under the Lease shall commence as of the Assignment Date. 
  
 2.02. Use. Tenant shall use the Leased Premises solely for the Permitted Use and for no other use or purpose, except as permitted by Landlord pursuant to Landlord’s written consent (which consent Landlord may withhold in its
absolute and sole discretion). 
  
 2.03. Rent. All
obligations of Tenant to make payments to Landlord under this Lease shall constitute Rent. Tenant shall pay the Rent at the times and in the manner hereinafter set forth. Tenant shall pay the Gross Rent, consisting of Net Rent and Tenant’s
Proportionate Share of Estimated Operating Cost and Estimated Impositions (subject to adjustment in accordance 

  

 8 

 
with Section 2.07), in twelve (12) equal installments on the first day of each calendar month during each year of the Term and any extensions
thereof. Such payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States, in advance without demand, and (except as expressly provided herein) without any reduction, abatement, counterclaim or set off, at the address for Landlord specified on the
Basic Lease Information sheet or at such other address as may be designated by Landlord from time to time. If the Term Commencement Date occurs on other than the first day of a month, then Gross Rent provided for such partial month shall be
equitably prorated, and paid, on such date of commencement. If the Term terminates on other than the last day of a calendar month, then Gross Rent provided for such partial month shall be equitably prorated on such date of termination. 

 
 2.04. Operating Cost. Landlord shall, promptly after Tenant’s
request after September 1 of any year in the Term, provide Tenant with Landlord’s then preliminary estimates of the Operating Cost and Impositions for the next calendar year. If requested by Tenant, Landlord shall also meet with Tenant to
discuss the likely ranges of such estimates based on the principal variables then expected by Landlord in its preliminary budget for the coming year. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may later revise such preliminary estimates after the completion
(typically by December 1) of Landlord’s budget preparation process for the upcoming year and upon receipt of final real estate tax bills for the fiscal tax year (typically during the month of December). Promptly after such budget process
is completed, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the Estimated Operating Cost and Estimated Impositions for the year in question (typically on or about December 15, subject to Landlord’s right to revise the same after receipt of final real
estate tax bills). Prior to such notification, Landlord shall, from time to time upon Tenant’s request, provide Landlord’s then current estimates for such next calendar year. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts during each calendar year,
consistent with the management of a first-class office building, to monitor actual and projected Operating Cost and Impositions against the budgeted amounts on which Estimated Operating Cost and Estimated Impositions were based and, if Landlord
determines there will be a substantial difference between the actual and then projected remaining expenses and the total estimated charges for such calendar year, to make a mid-year estimated adjustment to address such differential. All such
estimated payments and charges shall be subject to a final year-end reconciliation pursuant to Section 2.07. The parties acknowledge that such year-end reconciliations for calendar year 2004 and all prior years have been made and any
adjustments thereto have been satisfactorily resolved, and the parties intend that the calculation of Operating Cost and Impositions in future years in a manner consistent with such prior operating history at the Building will be deemed to comply
with the terms of the Lease (as amended hereby). 
  

	 	(a)	Operating Cost shall mean all expenses and costs of every kind and nature incurred by Landlord in its reasonable business judgment which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to
pay because of or in connection with the management, maintenance, preservation or operation of the Building (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied) including, but not limited to the following:

  

	 	(1)	 Expenses of the operation, maintenance and security of the Building, including compensation in the form of wages, salaries, and other compensation and benefits
(including payroll taxes, 

  

 9 

	 	 
federal, state and local unemployment taxes and social security taxes), insurance, welfare and retirement benefits, and related expenses and benefits of all
on-site and off-site employees (not exceeding the level of property manager) and off-site employees (but only to the extent such employees are involved directly in the operation, maintenance, management and preservation of the Building, and with
respect to off-site employees above the level of the property manager directly responsible for the Building, only to the extent such costs are allocated by Landlord between the Building and all other buildings for which such off-site employee has
direct responsibility in accordance with a reasonable allocation methodology consistent with owners of comparable portfolios of first-class office buildings; 

  

	 	(2)	Cost for Landlord’s office and management office operation for the Building, including the actual or imputed cost of any space occupied by entities providing management or
building services for the Building; 

  

	 	(3)	All tools, supplies, materials and equipment used in the operation and maintenance of the Building, including rental fees for the same, if such items are not purchased and amortized
pursuant to (10) below; 

  

	 	(4)	Utilities, including electricity, water, sewer, gas, communication, heating, lighting, air conditioning and ventilating, for the entire Building; 

  

	 	(5)	All maintenance, janitorial and service agreements and costs for the Building, including, without limitation, alarm service, landscaping, window cleaning, escalator and elevator
maintenance, rubbish and snow removal, pest control, equipment maintenance or servicing or maintenance or cleaning for sidewalks, Building exterior, roof and service areas; 

  

	 	(6)	A management fee in connection with the operation of the Building; Tenant’s share to be three percent (3%) of all Rent, excluding such fee; 

  

	 	(7)	Legal and accounting services for the Building, including the costs of audits by certified public accountants, but excluding legal costs incurred in proceedings against any specific
tenant or in connection with the development, financing, sale and/or leasing of the Building; 

  

	 	(8)	 All insurance premiums and costs applicable to the Building and Landlord’s personal property used in connection therewith, 

  

 10 

	 	 
including but not limited to, the premiums and cost of fire, casualty and liability coverage and rental abatement and business interruption insurance and
unreimbursed costs incurred by Landlord that are subject to an insurance deductible; 

  

	 	(9)	Repairs, replacements and general maintenance (except for repairs paid by proceeds of insurance or by Tenant or other third parties, and alterations attributable solely to tenants
of the Building other than Tenant); 

  

	 	(10)	Amortization (together with reasonable actual or imputed financing charges) of capital improvements made to the Building that (i) are reasonably designed to improve the quality
or operating efficiency of the Building, (ii) may be required by governmental authorities or any insurer of the Building, or (iii) constitute equipment of a capital nature contemplated in (3) above (such as, for example, snow blowers,
vacuums and sweepers), which in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, is ultimately less costly to purchase then to rent (other than those which are required for the exclusive benefit of an individual tenant or tenants and not relating to the general
use or operation of the Building); provided, however, that the amount of amortization and financing charges for cost-savings items under (i) above shall be reasonably determined by Landlord to effect savings over the amortization period
compared with the expenditures (either through direct reduction or minimization of increases) that would have otherwise occurred, and with respect to (ii) above, Landlord shall take reasonable steps to comply with such governmental requirements
in an economical manner as determined by Landlord in its reasonable business judgment. 

  

	 	(b)	Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary in the event that the Building is not fully occupied during any year of the Term, an adjustment shall be made in computing
those items constituting components of Operating Cost which vary depending on the level of occupancy of the Building for such year so that Operating Cost shall be extrapolated and computed as though the Building had been fully occupied during such
year; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord collect in total, from Tenant and all other tenants of the Building, an amount greater than one hundred percent (100%) of the actual Operating Cost during any year of the Term.

  

	 	(c)	 Operating Cost shall not include (i) costs associated with the operation of the parking garage forming part of the Building (including the elevators serving
the garage), or with the development, financing, sale or leasing of the Building, or (ii) specific costs for tenant electricity (of the type 

  

 11 

	 	 
specified in Section 3.01(b)) or for extra services (of the type specified in Section 3.02) that are separately billed to and paid by specific
tenants leasing space in the Office Section of the Building, or those costs and expenses which are specifically attributable to and separately paid by the tenants in the Commercial Section of the Building, (iii) that portion of the costs and
expenses relating to the loading dock facilities and the General Common Areas which is paid by the tenants in the Commercial Section of the Building; (iv) any special needs or uses of tenants with respect to storage areas resulting in
extraordinary costs or expenses in connection with maintaining, repairing and operating such storage areas; (v) leasing commissions or tenants inducements associated with leasing activities; (vi) costs or improvements to any tenant’s
leased premises or otherwise exclusively for the benefit of an individual tenant; (vii) principal, interest, late charges or other payments on loans (except as expressly provided in (a) above), ground rent, rent paid for the right to
locate Project Common Areas or Loading Docks outside of the Building, or payments on equity obligations; (viii) leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements and other expenses, any of which are incurred in connection with
negotiations or disputes with tenants or prospective tenants, except with respect to disputes with other tenants the resolution of which is reasonably likely to result in a material benefit to the tenants of the Project (other than costs incurred in
connection with the lease termination and eviction of any tenant); (ix) depreciation and amortization of the Project or equipment, except as expressly provided in (a) above; (x) expenses in connection with services of a type which
Tenant does not receive under this Lease but which are provided to another tenant; (xi) fines, penalties or indemnification obligations incurred due to violations by Landlord or Landlord Responsible Parties of any governmental rule or
authority, or any agreement made in connection therewith with a governmental entity, and any costs of remedying such violations or defending the prosecution thereof (except for the costs of remedying such violations to the extent such costs are
permitted Operating Costs pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(10)); (xii) except as expressly provided in (a) above, any amounts paid to principals, subsidiaries, affiliates or other parties related to Landlord for services for the Project in
excess of the amount payable for comparable services provided by a party who is not a principal, subsidiary, affiliate or otherwise related party; (xiii) costs and expenses to the extent related to the ownership (as distinguished from operation
and maintenance, including the charges contemplated by (a)(2) above) of the Project; (xiv) any particular items and services for which Tenant otherwise reimburses Landlord by direct payment over and above Net Rent and Tenant’s
Proportionate Share of Operating Cost; (xv) advertising, marketing, promotional and like expenditures; (xvi) costs of refinancing the Project; (xvii) interest or penalties resulting from delinquent payments by Landlord, provided such
delinquent payments are not caused by 

  

 12 

	 	 
Tenant; (xviii) repairs or other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other casualty to the extent covered by insurance required to be carried by
Landlord hereunder, or by the exercise of the right of eminent domain, or voluntary conveyance in lieu thereof, to the extent reimbursed by condemnation proceeds; (xix) Landlord’s costs of electricity and other services to the extent they
are separately chargeable to tenants as an additional charge or rental over and above the regular installments of rent payable under the lease with such tenant; (xx) costs incurred by Landlord which are considered capital improvements and
replacements under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) including contributions to replacement or contingency reserves created by Landlord, except as expressly provided in (a) above; (xxi) any compensation paid to
clerks, attendants, or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord; (xxii) costs for the purchase of sculpture, paintings, or other objects of art, and any royalties payable in connection therewith; and (xxiii) the cost of
any curative action required, or any repair, replacement or alteration made, by Landlord (or by a third party, the cost of which is imposed upon Landlord) to remedy a condition or damage caused by or resulting from the negligence or willful
misconduct of Landlord or Landlord Responsible Parties, and, except to the extent such costs are permitted Operating Costs pursuant to Section 2.04(a)(10), the costs of complying with governmental or insurance requirements.

  
 2.05. Impositions. Impositions shall
mean all real estate or personal property taxes, possessory interest taxes, or similar charges, business or license taxes or fees, service payments in lieu of such taxes or fees, annual or periodic license or use fees, excises, assessments, levies,
fees or charges, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind (including fees “in-lieu” of any such tax or assessment) payable over the longest permitted period (provided no extra costs are
incurred as a result thereof), which are assessed, levied, charged, confirmed or imposed by any public authority upon the Land, the Building, its operations or the Rent (or any portion or component thereof) including, in the year paid, all
reasonable fees and costs incurred by Landlord in seeking to obtain an abatement or reduction of, or a limit on any increase, in any taxes, regardless of whether any abatement, reduction or limitation is obtained, but excluding (i) inheritance
or estate taxes imposed upon or assessed against the Building, or any part thereof or interest therein, (ii) taxes computed upon the basis of the net income derived from the Building by Landlord or the owner of any interest therein,
(iii) that portion of the items enumerated in this Section which is allocable to the Commercial Section or the Parking Section of the Building (such allocation of Impositions to the Parking Section to be made in a manner consistent with prior
operating practices for the Building [provided that if and for so long as Landlord hereafter increases the percentage allocated to the Parking Section for all other tenants in the Building, Landlord shall also increase such percentage for Tenant]
and the remaining Impositions [after such allocation to the Parking Section] to be allocated on a per square foot basis between the Office Section and the Commercial Section), and (iv) any voluntary payments which Landlord may agree to make
with respect to the Building after the date hereof. 
  

 13 

 2.06. Computation of Operating Cost and Impositions. 
  

	 	(a)	Landlord shall, within a reasonable period of time following each calendar year, give Tenant a statement of the Operating Cost and Impositions during such calendar year (prepared by
a certified public accountant), which shall be accompanied by a computation of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such Operating Cost and Impositions. Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to provide Tenant, within one hundred and twenty
(120) days after each calendar year, with either such statement or a written explanation of why such statement is not available, but Landlord’s failure to provide Tenant with either such statement or such written explanation within said
period shall not release either party from the obligation to make the adjustment provided for in Section 2.07. Such statement shall be deemed accepted if not disputed, within sixty days (or, in the case of the statements for calendar years 2007
and afterwards, sixty days after the conclusion of any audit under clause (b) below) after Tenant’s receipt thereof, by written notice to Landlord stating the specific grounds for dispute. 

  

	 	(b)	 The provisions of Paragraph 2(c)(ii) of the Assignment shall apply with respect to year-end statements for calendar years 2005 and 2006 and are hereby incorporated
herein. The remainder of this paragraph (b) below shall apply with respect to Operating Cost and Impositions attributable to calendar years 2007 and afterwards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have no right to collect an
adjustment under Section 2.07 for a given calendar year should Landlord fail to deliver such statement within three hundred and sixty (360) days after such calendar year. Tenant shall have the right, for one hundred and eighty
(180) days following the presentation of such statement by Landlord, to examine and audit Landlord’s books and records with respect to the Operating Cost and/or Impositions for such calendar year, provided that as a condition thereof
Landlord may require Tenant to enter into a confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to the parties with respect to any such information and to confirm that it has not engaged any person or entity on a contingency fee basis in connection with
any such review. If the results of such audit indicate that Tenant has overpaid its share of Operating Cost or Impositions for such calendar year, Tenant shall give notice to Landlord of the results of the audit within said one hundred and eighty
(180) day period (the “Overpayment Notice”), which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of the audit together with a statement in reasonable detail of the reasonable cost of such audit, and thereupon Landlord may elect to either
(i) pay to Tenant the amount of such overpayment, plus, if Tenant has overpaid its share of Operating Cost or Impositions for such calendar year by more than three percent (3%), the reasonable cost of such audit, within thirty (30) days of
the Overpayment Notice or (ii) submit the issue to the dispute resolution procedure set forth in subsection 2.06(b) by notice given to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the Overpayment Notice (the 

  

 14 

	 	 
“Dispute Resolution Notice”). In the event that Landlord delivers its statement of Operating Cost and Impositions for the calendar year more than
one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the calendar year and in the event that Tenant has overpaid its share of Operating Cost or Impositions for such calendar year, then if Tenant complies with the provisions of the immediately
preceding sentence and if Tenant is not otherwise in default hereunder beyond any applicable grace period, Landlord shall pay Tenant, together with the amount of Tenant’s overpayment, interest to Tenant on the amount of such overpayment
calculated from the first day of the calendar year following such calendar year to the date of repayment to Tenant at the then Prime Rate of interest. Landlord and Tenant shall each within thirty (30) days after Landlord gives the Dispute
Resolution Notice to Tenant appoint a person to act as the expert on its behalf and notify the other of such appointment. Each expert shall have at least ten (10) years experience in the operation of first-class commercial office buildings. If
either party shall fail to so appoint an expert within said thirty (30) day period, the expert appointed by the other shall determine the issue. In the event that the two experts are appointed within said thirty (30) day period, the
experts so chosen shall meet within ten (10) business days after the second expert is appointed to determine Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Cost or Impositions, as the case may be. If the two experts are unable to agree within
ten (10) business days after such first meeting, they shall appoint a third expert, who shall be a competent and impartial person with qualifications similar to those required of the first two experts. In the event the two experts are unable to
agree upon such appointment within five (5) business days after the expiration of said ten (10) day period, then either party, on behalf of both, may request the appointment of such qualified person by an officer of the American
Arbitration Association in Boston. The expert appointed by each party shall state in writing his or her determination of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Cost or Impositions, as the case may be, supported by the reasons therefor, with
counterpart copies to each party. The experts shall arrange for a simultaneous exchange of such proposed determinations. The role of the third expert shall be to select which of the two proposed determinations most closely approximates his own
determination, and the third expert shall have no right to propose a middle ground or any modification of either of the two proposed determinations. The determination chosen by the third expert shall constitute the decision of the experts and shall
be final and binding upon the parties. This provision for determination shall be specifically enforceable to the extent such remedies are available under applicable law, and either party shall have the right to enter judgment thereon, unless
otherwise provided by applicable law. Landlord and Tenant shall each pay for the fees and disbursements of any expert appointed by it and shall share equally in the fees and expenses of any third expert. In the event of a failure, refusal or
inability of any expert to act, his or her successor shall be appointed by 

  

 15 

	 	 
him or her, but in the case of the third expert, his or her successor shall be appointed in the same manner as provided for appointment of the third expert.

  
 2.07. Adjustment for Variation Between
Estimated and Actual Operating Cost and Impositions. If the Operating Cost and/or the Impositions for any calendar year exceed, respectively, the Estimated Operating Cost and/or the Estimated Impositions, Tenant shall pay to Landlord
Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such excess within thirty (30) days after presentation of Landlord’s statement pursuant to Section 2.06. If the Operating Cost and/or Impositions for any calendar year are less than, respectively,
the Estimated Operating Cost and/or the Estimated Impositions, then Landlord shall pay to Tenant Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such difference with the presentation of Landlord’s statement pursuant to Section 2.06. Should the Term
commence or terminate at any time other than the first day of a calendar year, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Operating Cost Adjustment and/or Impositions Adjustment shall be prorated for the exact number of calendar days for which Tenant
is obligated to pay Gross Rent, and in the case of the expiration of this Lease or any early termination, the provisions of this Section 2.07 shall survive such expiration or termination. 
  
 2.08. Notice of Adjustments. Commencing with the calendar year during
which the Term Commencement Date occurs and prior to each subsequent calendar year during the Term, and otherwise from time to time as Landlord deems appropriate, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the
Estimated Operating Cost and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Estimated Impositions set forth in reasonable detail. Tenant shall thereafter pay Landlord, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.03, Tenant’s Proportionate
Share of such Estimated Operating Cost and such Estimated Impositions. For any calendar year, or portion thereof, for which Landlord does not provide Tenant with the notice referred to in this Section 2.08, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s
Proportionate Share of the Estimated Operating Cost and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Estimated Impositions at the rate for the previous calendar year, subject, however, to the annual adjustment described in Section 2.06 and
Section 2.07. 
  
 ARTICLE 3 
  
 LANDLORD’S COVENANTS 
  
 3.01. Basic Services. 
  

	 	(a)	Landlord or its affiliates shall furnish the following Basic Services to Tenant during Business Hours (unless otherwise stated herein) during Tenant’s occupancy of the Leased
Premises in a manner that Landlord determines in its reasonable business judgment to be consistent with that of first-class office buildings in Boston, Massachusetts: 

  

	 	(1)	Water (hot and cold) used by the building standard cooling, drinking and sanitation systems, and for maintenance and janitorial services, such water to be available at all times.

  

 16 

	 	(2)	Central heat and air conditioning in season, at such temperatures and in such amounts as are from time to time furnished to tenants in Comparable Buildings in Downtown Boston, or as
may be permitted or controlled by applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. 

  

	 	(3)	Maintenance, repairs, structural and exterior maintenance (including exterior glass and glazing), painting and electric lighting service for all Common Areas, Building Common Areas
and General Common Areas in the manner and to the extent customarily provided by landlords in Comparable Buildings in Downtown Boston. 

  

	 	(4)	Janitorial service to the Leased Premises in accordance with Exhibit E, after Business Hours on Business Days (except as otherwise set forth in Exhibit E).

  

	 	(5)	Electricity for (1) building standard light fixtures, (2) desktop personal computers, typewriters, telephones, fax machines, printers, copying machines, and other
equipment of similar low electrical consumption in the Leased Premises, and (3) building standard air handling units and related HVAC equipment for the floor on which the Leased Premises are located (it being agreed that Tenant’s total
consumption shall not exceed one (1) watt per square foot of Net Rentable Area per month at 120 volts for the items under clause (2) or four (4) watts per square foot of Net Rentable Area per month at 120 volts for all items under
this clause (v)). 

  

	 	(6)	Initial lamps, bulbs, starters and ballasts for building standard fixtures used within the Leased Premises. 

  

	 	(7)	A system of access control for the Building during hours when the Building is not generally open to the public and during such other hours as Landlord may from time to time
designate. During such hours, Landlord will employ a system of monitoring and limiting access to the office floors in the Building based on reasonable systems of identification. Landlord may, from time to time throughout the Term, substitute
reasonable equivalents for any of the foregoing specific components of the access control system. 

  

	 	(8)	Public elevator service serving the floors on which the Leased Premises are situated, including a freight elevator. 

  

	 	(9)	Access to, and the right in common with other tenants of the Building to use, the Loading Docks, subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations.

  

 17 

	 	(b)	Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the cost of electricity provided under Section 3.01(a)(v). Such charges shall be based on the usage shown on the check meter
installed for the floor on which the Leased Premises are located, with the cost equitably apportioned among tenants on the floor. If Tenant’s electricity usage exceeds the standard level set forth in Section 3.01(a)(v), charges for such
additional usage shall be payable under Section 3.02. 

  

	 	(c)	To the maximum extent permitted by law, Landlord shall not be liable for injuries to persons or damage to property, nor shall Landlord be deemed to have evicted Tenant, nor shall
there be any abatement of Rent (except as expressly set forth in this Section 3.01(c)), nor shall Tenant be relieved from performance of any covenant on its part to be performed hereunder or have any right to terminate the Lease by reason of
any (i) deficiency in the provision of Landlord services under this Article 3 (except as expressly set forth in this Section 3.01(c)), (ii) breakdown of equipment or machinery utilized in supplying services, or
(iii) curtailment or cessation of services or any other failure by Landlord to perform any obligation under the Lease, except as expressly provided in this Lease. Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to make such repairs as may be required
to machinery or equipment within the Building to provide restoration of services and, where the cessation or interruption of service has occurred due to circumstances or conditions beyond Building boundaries, to cause the same to be restored, by
diligent application or request to the provider thereof. In no event shall any mortgagee referred to in Section 4.10 be or become liable for any default of Landlord under this Section 3.01(c). Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to
make or cause to be made such repairs as may be required to machinery or equipment within the Building or the Project Common Areas to provide restoration of services and, where the cessation or interruption of service has occurred due to
circumstances or conditions beyond the Building boundaries, to cause the same to be restored, by diligent application or request to the provider thereof. Landlord also agrees to use reasonable efforts to avoid unnecessary inconvenience to Tenant by
reason thereof and agrees, where reasonable, not to perform such work during Business Hours. In the event Landlord fails to provide or cause to be provided any one or more Basic Services, and such failure causes the Leased Premises, or a portion
thereof, to be rendered untenantable for the purpose of conducting Tenant’s business operations, and such condition shall continue for any three (3) consecutive Business Days after Tenant’s notice thereof to Landlord or such condition
shall occur on any five (5) Business Days during any thirty (30) day period after Tenant’s notice thereof to Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to abate the portion of Gross Rent which corresponds to the portion of the Leased
Premises rendered untenantable. 

  
 3.02. Extra
Services. Landlord shall provide to Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense at standard Building charges in effect from time to time (which, in the case of services described in subparagraphs (a), (b) and (e) below shall be
reimbursed by Tenant without profit to 

  

 18 

 
the Landlord, and which in all cases shall be reasonably consistent with amounts charged by Landlords of other first class office buildings in the City of
Boston providing such extra services) and subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth, the following: 
  

	 	(a)	Heating, ventilation, air conditioning or extra service provided by Landlord to Tenant (i) during hours other than Business Hours, or (ii) on days other than Business
Days, said heating, ventilation and air conditioning or extra service to be furnished solely upon the prior request of Tenant given with such advance notice as Landlord may reasonably require (but not exceeding one (1) Business Day);

  

	 	(b)	Additional air conditioning and ventilating capacity or chilled and/or condenser water required by reason of any electrical, data processing or other equipment or facilities or
services required to support the same, in excess of that which would be required for Building Standard Improvements; 

  

	 	(c)	Repair and maintenance which is the obligation of Tenant hereunder; 

  

	 	(d)	Additional cleaning and janitorial services if the quality, quantity or use of Tenant Extra Improvements are not consistent with Building Standard Improvements and require more
service; 

  

	 	(e)	Additional electricity above the standards specified in Section 3.01(a)(v), in which case Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the costs of such additional
electricity usage based either on a separate meter or meters measuring such electrical consumption or (if such space is not separately metered) on the reasonable determination from time to time by Landlord’s engineer (or, if Tenant so requests,
at Tenant’s expense by an independent engineer reasonably acceptable to the parties) as to the level of electrical consumption in the Leased Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for the costs of installing such meters and all electrical
equipment reasonably required for such additional electricity usage. All work necessary for such installation shall be done in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.06 (regarding Tenant Improvements). 

  

	 	(f)	Maintenance and replacement of initial lamps, bulbs, starters and ballasts; 

  

	 	(g)	Any Basic Service in amounts determined by Landlord to exceed the amounts required to be provided under Section 3.01(a), but only if Landlord elects to provide such additional
or excess service. 

  
 The cost chargeable to Tenant
for all extra services shall constitute Additional Rent. If the same extra service is provided to Tenant and other tenants (such as regularly scheduled, above-standard cleaning services), Tenant’s share shall equal the total cost thereof
multiplied by the quotient of the Net Rentable Area of the Leased Premises over the total Net Rentable Areas of all areas to which such extra service is provided. Landlord may include the estimated monthly 

  

 19 

 
amount of any regularly provided extra service in the Estimated Operating Cost for the Leased Premises, subject to adjustment under Section 2.06 and
2.07. Unless otherwise provided herein, all payments of Additional Rent shall be due within thirty (30) days after billing. 
  
 3.03. Window Covering. Building standard window coverings have previously been installed in the Leased Premises. Tenant shall not place or maintain
any window covering, blinds or drapes (other than those supplied by Landlord) on any exterior window of the Building without Landlord’s prior written approval which Landlord shall have the right to grant or withhold in its absolute and sole
discretion. Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s Building-standard requirements for lighting all portions of the Leased Premises that are visible from the exterior. Tenant acknowledges that breach of this Section 3.03 will directly and
adversely affect the exterior appearance of the Building. Landlord agrees to impose the requirements of this Section 3.03 on all other applicable tenants of the Building and to enforce such provisions in a uniform manner. 
  
 3.04. Graphics and Signage. Landlord has installed, at Landlord’s
expense, the initial listing for Tenant in the Building directory in the ground floor lobby and the initial Building standard directional signage for Tenant in the elevator lobby on any multi-tenant floor on which the Leased Premises are located;
any changes to such signage shall be at Tenant’s expense (which may include up to one (1) name per floor of the Leased Premises, plus such additional number of listing(s) for subtenant(s) as Landlord may from time to time reasonably
determine are available on the ground floor lobby directory for such purposes, taking into consideration the existing and projected multi-tenant floors in the Building). Tenant shall install, at Tenant’s expense, identification of Tenant’s
name and suite numerals at the main door (or its adjacent window panel) at the entrance to the Leased Premises, with the size, materials, colors, and graphics reasonably approved by Landlord. Any other signs, notices and graphics of every kind or
character, located on such entrance door (or adjacent window panel) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay. Except as set forth above, Tenant shall not be permitted to
maintain any signage in the public corridors, the Common Areas, the Building Common Areas, or the General Common Areas, on the exterior of the Leased Premises, or in a location otherwise visible from the exterior of the Leased Premises. 

 
 3.05. Condition of Leased Premises. Except for Landlord’s
ongoing repair obligations provided for elsewhere in this Lease, Landlord shall not be required to perform any work in the Leased Premises. Tenant is currently occupying the Leased Premises and Tenant accepts the Leased Premises in their
“as-is” condition on the Assignment Date. Any improvements that Tenant may desire to make in the Leased Premises shall be made in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Lease including, without limitation, Section 4.06
hereof. Landlord shall not be required to perform any tenant improvement work or to provide any tenant improvement allowance with respect to the Extended Term or the Leased Premises. 
  
 3.06. Repair Obligation. Subject to the provisions of Article V, Landlord shall be obligated to maintain, repair
and, as necessary, replace (or to cause to be maintained, repaired or replaced), consistent with maintaining the Building as a first class office building, only the following: (i) the structural portions of the Building, (ii) the exterior
wall of the Building, including glass and glazing, (iii) the roof, (iv) mechanical, electrical, plumbing and life safety 

  

 20 

 
systems, serving to the perimeter of the Leased Premises, (v) Common Areas, Building Common Areas and General Common Areas, and (vi) any damage
caused to the Leased Premises by any act or omission of Landlord or Landlord Responsible Parties. If, within ten (10) Business Days after notice from Tenant, Landlord shall fail or refuse to either (a) commence diligently work of repair
which Landlord is required to perform pursuant to clause (vi) of this Section 3.06, or (b) provide Tenant with an explanation of why such work of repair has not been commenced, then, so long as such work does not affect the items
referred to in items (i) through (v) of this Section 3.04 and does not affect other tenants of the Project, Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform such work and all reasonable costs incurred by Tenant in
performing such work shall be repaid by Landlord within ten (10) days of Landlord’s receipt of an invoice therefor. If Tenant shall fail or refuse to commence diligently work of repair which Tenant is required to perform pursuant to
Section 4.03 within ten (10) Business Days after notice from Landlord (except in cases of emergency, in which event no prior notice shall be required), or Tenant does not thereafter diligently pursue such work of repair to completion, then
Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform such work and all costs incurred by Landlord in performing any such work for the account of Tenant shall be repaid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand, together with an amount equal to
ten percent (10%) of such costs, to reimburse Landlord for its administration and managerial effort. Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to avoid unnecessary inconvenience to Tenant by reason of any work performed pursuant to
Landlord’s repair obligations contained in this Section 3.06. 
  
 3.07 Quiet Enjoyment. So long as Tenant pays the Rent and performs all of Tenant’s covenants and agreements contained in this Lease, Tenant shall peacefully have, hold and enjoy the Leased Premises, subject to the other terms
hereof and other matters to which this Lease is or may become subject and subordinate, including without limitation (i) that certain Amended and Restated Sale and Construction Agreement by and among the City of Boston, the Boston Redevelopment
Authority, New England Mutual Life Insurance Company and Gerald D. Hines Interests, Inc., dated April 15, 1986, recorded with the Suffolk Registry of Deeds in Book 12515, Page 78, the covenants therein relating to the land being incorporated by
reference herein, as required pursuant to the terms of Section 1304 thereof, and (ii) that certain Construction, Operation and Reciprocal Easement Agreement (“REA”) by and between Landlord and New England Mutual Life Insurance
Company, dated May 29, 1986, recorded with the Suffolk Registry of Deeds in Book 2524, Page 236 and as amended on April 13, 1989, each as hereafter amended from time to time. This covenant is in lieu of any other so-called covenant of
quiet enjoyment, either express or implied. This covenant and the other covenants of Landlord contained in this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord and its successors only with respect to breaches occurring during its and their respective
ownerships of Landlord’s interest hereunder. 
  
 ARTICLE 4

  
 TENANT’S COVENANTS 
  
 4.01. Tenant Improvements. All additions to or improvements of the
Leased Premises shall become the property of Landlord upon termination of this Lease and shall be surrendered to Landlord upon termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise, subject to Tenant’s rights and obligations of removal with
respect thereto in the same manner as provided in Section 4.06, 

  

 21 

 
unless Tenant has notified Landlord and Landlord has agreed in writing prior to installation thereof to allow some or all of the Tenant Improvements to
remain the property of Tenant. 
  
 4.02. Taxes on Personal
Property. In addition to, and wholly apart from its obligation to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs and Impositions, Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay, prior to delinquency, any taxes imposed upon, levied with
respect to or assessed against Tenant’s Personal Property, or the value of the Tenant Improvements, or any other tax, charge, levy or fee imposed in substitution therefor. To the extent that any such taxes are not separately assessed and billed
to Tenant, but are reasonably allocable to Tenant and billed to Landlord, Tenant shall pay the amount thereof as invoiced to Tenant by Landlord. 
  
 4.03. Repairs by Tenant. Except to the extent of Landlord’s responsibility hereunder for such maintenance and repairs, Tenant shall be
obligated for maintenance and repair of the Leased Premises, to keep the same in good order, repair and condition, reasonable wear and tear and damage by casualty or condemnation excepted. Tenant’s obligation shall include, without limitation,
the obligation to maintain and repair all walls, floors, ceilings, windows, doors and fixtures (except for windows located on the exterior of the Building, the structural portions of the Building and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing and life
safety systems located in the Building, unless the damage thereto is caused by the negligence of Tenant or any Tenant Responsible Party, in which event such maintenance or repair shall be performed by Landlord and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the
costs of such maintenance or repair, and to repair all damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Responsible Party to the Building, subject however to the provisions of Section 5.05 below. At the request of Tenant, Landlord shall perform the work
of maintenance and repair constituting Tenant’s obligation pursuant to this Section 4.03 at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and as an extra service to be rendered pursuant to Section 3.02(c). Any work of repair performed by or for
the account of Tenant by persons other than Landlord shall be performed by contractors reasonably approved by Landlord and in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.06 below. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be deemed to impose
upon Tenant the obligation for performance of work of maintenance and repair required to be performed by reason of Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct or those of any Landlord Responsible Party. 
  
 4.04. Waste. Tenant shall not commit waste or allow any waste or
damage to occur in any portion of the Leased Premises. 
  
 4.05.
Assignment or Sublease. 
  

	 	(a)	In the event Tenant assigns this Lease or sublets the Leased Premises or any part thereof to a Tenant Affiliate, then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such assignment or
sublease no later than the consummation of such assignment or sublease, unless it is not reasonably possible to give notice by such time, in which event Tenant shall give Landlord notice thereof as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.
Landlord’s approval shall not be required, but Tenant shall, at the time of such notice, provide Landlord with a copy of all executed documents effecting such assignment or sublease. 

  

 22 

	 	(b)	Subject to the provisions hereof, Tenant shall have the right to assign or sublet the Leased Premises, or any portion thereof to a person or entity other than a Tenant Affiliate. In
the event Tenant intends to assign this Lease or sublet the Leased Premises or any part thereof to a person or entity other than a Tenant Affiliate, then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such intent. 

  

	 	(1)	If Tenant and/or any Tenant Affiliates are in occupancy of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Net Rentable Area included in the Leased Premises on the date (“Space
Determination Date”) that is (x) the Term Commencement Date (with respect to the period prior to the applicable date under clause (y)) or (y) the Extension Date (if the Swap Option under Article 10 is not exercised) or the Swap
Date (if the Swap Option under Article 10 is exercised), any such assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Leased Premises shall be subject to Landlord’s right to consent or withhold consent thereto as hereinafter provided, and Tenant
shall provide Landlord with (i) the name of the proposed assignee or sublessee, (ii) such information as to the financial responsibility and standing of the assignee or subtenant as Landlord shall reasonably require, (iii) such of the
relevant terms and provisions upon which the proposed assignment or subletting is to be made as Landlord shall reasonably require, (iv) any additional information or documents reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord shall have a period of
ten (10) days following the receipt of any additional information (or twenty (20) days from the date of Tenant’s original notice, if Landlord does not request additional information) within which to notify Tenant whether or not
Landlord consents to the proposed assignment or sublease. Landlord’s right to withhold consent to any such proposed assignment or sublease shall be limited to one or more of the following reasons: (x) the use of the Leased Premises by the
proposed assignee or sublessee would not constitute a Permitted Use, (y) the character and business reputation of the proposed assignee or sublessee is inconsistent with the character of the Building as a first-class office building, or
(z) the proposed assignee or sublessee is not of sound financial condition as determined by Landlord in the reasonable exercise of its business judgment. If Landlord should fail to notify Tenant whether or not Landlord consents to the proposed
assignment or sublease within said period, Landlord shall be deemed to have consented thereto. In no event shall a failure by Landlord to approve or disapprove a proposed subtenant or assignee cause a termination of this Lease.

  

	 	(2)	 If Tenant and/or any Tenant Affiliates are in occupancy of less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Net Rentable Area included in the Leased Premises on the
Space Determination Date, 

  

 23 

	 	 
Tenant’s notice to Landlord of its intention to sublet or assign space shall be accompanied by (i) a summary of the proposed business terms
(including, without limitation, financial terms) on which Tenant intends to assign this Lease or sublet said space, (ii) the location of the sublet space, if a proposed sublease, and (iii) any additional information or documents as
Landlord may reasonably require. Landlord shall have a period of ten (10) days following the receipt of any additional information (or twenty (20) days from the date of the Tenant’s original notice, if Landlord does not request
additional information) within which to notify Tenant of Landlord’s election either (i) to terminate that portion of the Leased Premises so affected by Tenant’s desire to sublet or the entire Leased Premises if Tenant’s desire is
to assign this Lease, or (ii) permit Tenant to market said space. If Landlord should fail to notify Tenant of its election within said period, Landlord shall be deemed to have allowed Tenant to market said space. If Landlord cancels this Lease
as to a portion of the Leased Premises as provided above, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a modification of the Lease so as to equitably reflect the effects of such cancellation of the space. If Landlord cancels this Lease as to the entire
Leased Premises as provided above, Landlord and Tenant shall execute such documents as are reasonably necessary to memorialize such cancellation. If Landlord shall allow Tenant to market said space, when Tenant has located such assignee or
sublessee, the Tenant shall notify Landlord in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (1) above and the other provisions thereof shall apply. 

  

	 	(3)	Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not assign this Lease, nor sublet the Leased Premises or any portion thereof, to any person or entity who is
then a tenant or subtenant in the Project or who has executed a lease or sublease to occupy space in the Project, unless at the time Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to assign this Lease or sublet space (i) ninety-five percent
(95%) or more of the total rentable area of the Project is subject to leases which have not been terminated by either Landlord or the tenants thereunder, the terms of which extend at least three (3) months beyond the commencement date of
the proposed assignment or sublease, or (ii) Landlord reasonably determines that it will be unable to accommodate the proposed assignee’s or sublessee’s need for space anywhere within the Project within three (3) months after the
commencement date of the proposed assignment or sublease. 

  

	 	(4)	Any other assignment or sublease without the consent of Landlord (which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) shall be prohibited.

  

 24 

	 	(c)	Any rent or other consideration realized by Tenant in connection with any sublease or assignment (except pursuant to Section 4.05(a)) in excess of the Rent payable hereunder,
after amortization (over the term of such sublease or assignment) of all reasonable costs incurred by Tenant in connection with such subletting or assignment (including, without limitation, brokerage commissions, legal fees, tenant inducements, and
reasonable financing charges (the reasonableness of which is to be determined with reference to the rates then being offered by institutional lenders for such financing)), shall be divided and paid as follows: (i) so long as after such
assignment or subletting Tenant and/or any Tenant Affiliate shall occupy not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Net Rentable Area included in the Leased Premises on the Space Determination Date, fifty percent (50%) of the excess
shall be paid to Tenant and fifty percent (50%) to Landlord; and (ii) in all other cases, twenty-five percent (25%) of the excess shall be paid to Tenant and seventy-five percent (75%) to Landlord. 

  

	 	(d)	In any subletting undertaken by Tenant, other than subletting to Tenant Affiliates or where Landlord agrees to the contrary, Tenant shall seek to obtain rent at the market rate for
the space so sublet. In any assignment of this Lease, other than an assignment to a Tenant Affiliate or where Landlord agrees to the contrary, Tenant shall seek to obtain from the assignee consideration reflecting rent at the market rent for the
space subject to such assignment. Tenant shall not be obligated to obtain rent at the market rate for the space so sublet or assigned. 

  

	 	(e)	 In the case of each assignment or sublease: (i) Tenant and the assignee or subtenant, as the case may be, shall execute an assignment or sublease which shall
include terms that do not materially differ from those previously disclosed to Landlord; (ii) promptly, but in any event within five (5) Business Days after the execution thereof, an executed copy of the assignment or sublease shall be
delivered to Landlord; (iii) the terms and provisions of any sublease whereby the sublessee occupies less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Net Rentable Area included in the Leased Premises on the Space Determination Date shall
specifically prohibit the assignment of the interest of the sublessee, or the sub-subletting of all or any portion of the Leased Premises covered by the sublease without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld; (iv) no assignment or sublease shall affect the continuing primary liability of Tenant (which, following assignment or sublease, shall be joint and several with the assignee or subtenant, as the case may be; however,
Landlord shall have no obligation to name any such assignee or sublessee, in connection with enforcing any of Landlord’s rights against Tenant hereunder); (v) no consent by Landlord to any of the for in the specific instance shall operate
as a waiver in any subsequent instance; (vi) no assignment or sublease shall permit the assignee, sublessee or any other person or entity having an interest in the 

  

 25 

	 	 
possession, use, occupancy or utilization of the Leased Premises, to receive or to pay rental or payment on account of the use, occupancy or utilization of
the Leased Premises based in whole or in part on the net income or profits derived by any person or entity from any property leased, used, occupied or utilized (other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts of sales);
and (vii) no assignment shall be binding upon Landlord, unless Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an instrument in form and in substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and in recordable form which contains a covenant of assumption by the
assignee with respect to the period following the effective date of the assignment running to Landlord and all persons claiming by, through and under Landlord, but the failure or refusal of the assignee to execute such instrument of assumption shall
not release or discharge the assignee from its primary liability as Tenant hereunder. If Tenant enters into any sublease or assignment, Landlord may from time to time require that such subtenant or assignee agree directly with Landlord to be liable,
jointly and severally with Tenant, to the extent of the obligation undertaken by or attributable to such subtenant or assignee, for the performance of Tenant’s agreements under this Lease (including payment of rent and other charges under the
sublease or assignment), and every sublease or assignment shall so provide. In the event of a default by Tenant under the Lease, Landlord may collect rent and other charges from the subtenant or assignee and apply the net amount collected to the
rent and other charges due under the Lease, but no such collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions of Section 4.05, or the acceptance of the subtenant or assignee, as a tenant, or a release of Tenant from its direct and primary
liability for the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease. 

  

	 	(f)	No assignment or sublease by Tenant shall relieve Tenant of any obligation under this Lease. Any assignment or subletting which conflicts with the provisions hereof shall be void.

  

	 	(g)	If Tenant has obtained Landlord’s consent to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Leased Premises, and Tenant has failed to execute an assignment or sublease
within six (6) months following the date of Landlord’s consent (which is referred to in Section 4.05(b) above), Tenant shall again be obligated to notify Landlord of any intent to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the
Leased Premises, and Landlord shall again have the right to approve any proposed assignment or sublease under Section 4.05(b)(1) and (2) above and, if applicable, to terminate this Lease as to all or a portion of the Leased Premises in
accordance with Section 4.05(b)(2) above. 

  
 4.06. Alterations and Surrender. Tenant shall not make or allow to be made any Tenant Alterations in or to the Leased Premises without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld
or delayed with respect to proposed alterations and additions which (i) comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, (ii)

  

 26 

 
are compatible with the Building and its mechanical, electrical, HVAC and life safety systems, and do not excessively burden the capacity of such systems;
(iii) do not materially interfere with the use and occupancy of any other portion of the Building; and (iv) do not affect the structural integrity of the Building. Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
Landlord’s right of consent shall encompass plans and specifications for proposed alterations or additions, construction means and methods, the identity of any contractor or subcontractor to be employed on the work of alterations or additions,
and the time for performance of such work. Tenant shall supply to Landlord any documents and information reasonably requested by Landlord in connection with its consent hereunder. Landlord’s approval of the plans, specifications and working
drawings for Tenant’s alterations shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all laws, rules and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nonstructural Tenant Alterations which do not impact the Building’s, mechanical, electrical, HVAC and life safety systems and which otherwise satisfy the criteria set forth in (i) through (iv) above, and
the other provisions hereof, shall not require Landlord’s consent if the cost thereof does not exceed two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) in the aggregate, provided, however, that Tenant shall nonetheless provide written notice of the
proposed alteration together with plans and specifications therefor (or such other information in lieu of plans and specifications as Landlord may reasonably require) at least ten (10) Business Days before undertaking any such work.
Notwithstanding that the same may constitute Building Common Areas, if Landlord hereafter generally allows tenants in the Building to use fire stairwells for routine access between different floors of their premises, Tenant may paint or decorate
that portion of the Building’s fire stairwells located between floors constituting the Leased Premises, subject to the prior written consent of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld). Landlord agrees to take reasonable steps to
cooperate with Tenant with respect to the implementation of any security system installed by Tenant for the Leased Premises, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.06. 
  
 All Tenant Alterations permitted hereunder shall be made and performed by Tenant without cost or expense to Landlord, and
the work necessary therefor shall be handled in such a manner as to maintain harmonious labor relations and not interfere with or delay the work of any contractor employed by Landlord; provided, however, that Tenant and Landlord shall each use
reasonable efforts to avoid any interference between their respective contractors. Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and labor shall be subject to reasonable rules and regulations of the site. If any contractors, subcontractors or labor
employed by or on behalf of Tenant in connection with such Tenant Alterations cause any dispute, strike or unrest with or amongst other contractors, subcontractors or labor who may then or thereafter be engaged to work at the Project, Tenant shall,
within two (2) Business Days after written notice to do so by Landlord, either eliminate the problem or remove the person(s) causing the problem, and after said-two (2) Business Day period, Landlord shall have the right to deny access to
the Project to such person(s). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any and all costs or expenses incurred by Landlord as a result of such dispute. Tenant shall take such steps as may be necessary to avoid the filing, perfection or
enforcement of any lien for labor or materials .against the Land or the Building by reason of work performed by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall cause any such lien to be discharged of record by payment, deposit, order of court of competent
jurisdiction, bonding or other manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord as soon as is reasonably possible, but in no event more than ten (10) Business Days after the first to occur of (i)-the date 

  

 27 

 
on which Tenant receives actual notice of the filing thereof, or (ii) the date on which Landlord gives notice to Tenant of the filing thereof (except
where such lien is filed as a result of the failure of Tenant to pay any contractor, subcontractor, or labor any amount owing to such contractor, subcontractor or labor when due, or other fault of Tenant, in which case Tenant shall cause such lien
to be discharged as soon as is reasonably possible). Landlord agrees to make reasonable efforts to cooperate with Tenant as reasonably necessary to discharge such lien. 
  
 Such Tenant Alterations when made to the Leased Premises shall become the property of Landlord upon the termination of this
Lease and shall be surrendered to Landlord upon the termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise; provided, however, that this clause shall not apply to Tenant’s Personal Property and shall not apply to any Tenant Alterations
specified by Tenant in a notice given to Landlord and approved by Landlord in writing prior to effecting the same, or which as a condition of approval Landlord specifies that Tenant remove, and all of Tenant’s Personal Property together with
any Tenant Alterations so specified by Landlord or Tenant shall be removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, prior to the expiration of the Term. At the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall peaceably yield up the Leased Premises
clean and neat, subject to and in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.03 and 4.04 (and the obligations of Tenant provided for in this sentence, and the balance of this paragraph shall survive any expiration or termination of this
Lease). Title to all Tenant Alterations not removed by Tenant pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence on or prior to the termination of the Term, shall automatically be conveyed and transferred by Tenant to Landlord upon such expiration or
termination, and shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant and shall thereupon become the property of Landlord. Tenant shall execute such documentation confirming and ratifying such conveyance and transfer as Landlord shall reasonably require. Tenant
shall repair at its sole cost and expense, in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord, all damage caused to the Leased Premises or the Building by removal of Tenant’s Personal Property and such Tenant Alterations as Tenant shall remove or be
required to remove as a condition of approval from the Leased Premises. 
  
 Tenant has advised Landlord that Tenant may wish to create access points between areas of the leased premises under the 222 Berkeley Lease into the immediately adjacent areas of the Leased Premises on the same floor under the 500 Boylston
Lease, by creating certain openings through the demising wall that separates the 222 Berkeley Building and the 500 Boylston Building. Subject to the provisions of the Lease (including, without limitation, Section 4.06), Landlord shall not
unreasonably withhold its consent to such alterations by Tenant, provided that such alterations shall comply with all applicable laws, building codes, regulations, and other governmental requirements, insurance requirements, and Landlord’s
construction requirements applicable to such work (including, without limitation, regarding any structural work). At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease (or such earlier time, if any, as any such connected adjacent areas shall cease
to be part of the leased premises under the 222 Berkeley Lease or part of the Leased Premises under the 500 Boylston Lease), Tenant shall fill in any such openings in the demising wall and restore the demising wall and affected areas to the
condition existing immediately prior to such alterations. 
  
 4.07. Compliance with Laws and Insurance Standards. Tenant shall not permit any portion of the Leased Premises to be occupied or used for any business or purpose which is inconsistent with the operation of the Building as a first
class office building in Boston, creates a 

  

 28 

 
fire hazard, or would in any way increase the rate of insurance coverage on the Building and/or its contents. If Tenant does or permits anything to be done
which shall directly increase the cost of any insurance policy carried hereunder, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement setting forth the amount of and reason for any such insurance cost increase and showing in reasonable detail the
manner in which it has been computed, and Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after receiving such statement, reimburse Landlord for any such additional premiums. Landlord agrees that if any other tenant of the Building does or permits anything
to be done which directly increases the cost of any insurance policy carried by Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall not be required to pay for any portion of such increase and such increase shall not be included in Operating Costs. Tenant shall comply
with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations (state, federal, municipal or promulgated by other agencies or bodies having or claiming jurisdiction) related to the occupancy, maintenance and repair (unless within Landlord’s
obligation under Section 3.01(a).(iii)) of the Leased Premises by Tenant, and, in pursuance thereof, Tenant shall keep the Leased Premises equipped with all safety appliances required by any law or ordinance or other regulation of any public
authority because of the manner of use made by Tenant of the Leased Premises (as distinguished from those required because of the use of the Leased Premises for the Permitted Use), and shall procure all licenses and permits required by any law or
ordinance or other regulation of any public authority because of such manner of use, and, if required by Landlord, do any work required by any law or ordinance or other regulation of any public authority because of such manner of use, it being
understood that the foregoing provisions shall not be construed to broaden in any way the Permitted Use. Nothing done by Tenant in the manner of its use or occupancy of the Leased Premises shall create, require or cause imposition of any requirement
by any public authority for structural or other upgrading of or improvement to the Building, other than in the Leased Premises provided that any such upgrading is done at Tenant’s sole expense and otherwise in accordance with the provisions
hereof, including Section 4.06. Tenant shall not allow to be brought into the Leased Premises or the Building any biologically or chemically active or other hazardous substances or materials, except for ordinary office supplies used in the
ordinary course of Tenant’s business in compliance with applicable law. If a lender or governmental agency shall require monitoring or testing to ascertain whether there has been a release of such materials or substances, then the reasonable
costs thereof shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord if such requirement applies to the Leased Premises or included in Operating Cost if the requirement applies to the Building generally. 
  
 4.08. Entry for Repairs and Leasing. After reasonable notice (but not
more than two (2) Business Days notice (excluding the day such notice is given), except in emergencies, when no such notice shall be required), Landlord, its agents and representatives, shall have the right to enter the Leased Premises to
inspect the same, to exercise such rights as may be permitted hereunder, to make repairs to the Building or alterations required for the Building or other tenant spaces therein, to deal with emergencies, or to exhibit the Leased Premises to
prospective tenants (during the last two (2) years of the Term), purchasers, encumbrancers or others, or for any other purpose as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable; provided, however, that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts not to
unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s business operations. Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement of Rent by reason of the exercise of any such right of entry. 
  

 29 

 4.09. No Nuisance. Tenant shall conduct its business and control its agents, employees, invitees
and visitors in such manner as not to create any nuisance, or unreasonably interfere with or disturb any other tenant or Landlord in its operation of the Building. 
  
 4.10. Subordination. This Lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder shall be subject and subordinate to any Mortgage,
and to any and all advances made thereunder, interest thereon or costs incurred in connection therewith, so long as in connection therewith the holder of any such Mortgage and Tenant shall have executed an agreement in commercially reasonable form
and substance (with due weight being given to the amount of space then being leased by Tenant) which provides, inter alia, (i) that so long as this Lease is in full force and effect and there exists no Event of Default hereunder,
Tenant’s rights under this Lease shall not be disturbed by reason of such subordination or by reason of foreclosure of such Mortgage, or exercise of the statutory power of sale, or receipt of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, and (ii) that
Tenant shall attorn to the holder or the purchaser at any such sale or foreclosure or the grantee of any such deed. Until the holder of such Mortgage shall enter into actual possession of the Leased Premises, such holder shall not be liable to
perform any of the obligations of Landlord hereunder. In the event of attornment by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.10, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between such mortgagee, purchaser
or grantee, as a successor landlord, and Tenant, upon all the terms, conditions and covenants set forth herein (including, without limitation, the obligation of Landlord to provide Basic Services pursuant to Section 3.01(a)), except that such
mortgagee, purchaser or grantee (unless formerly the Landlord under this Lease) shall not be (a) bound by any payment of Rent for more than one month in advance; (b) bound by any amendment or modification of this Lease made without the
consent of the holder of the Mortgage; (c) liable in any way to Tenant for any act or omission, neglect or default on the part of Landlord under this Lease, (d) obligated to perform any tenant improvements to be done by Landlord in the
Leased Premises, or (e) subject to any counterclaim or set-off which theretofore accrued to Tenant against Landlord. Without the consent of Tenant, the holder of any such Mortgage shall have the right to elect to be subject and subordinate to
this Lease, such subordination to be effective upon such terms and conditions as such holder may direct which are consistent with the provisions hereof. 
  
 4.11. Estoppel Certificate. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver (within ten (10) Business Days after
Tenant receives any such request) estoppel certificates on a form specified by Landlord, addressed to (i) any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee of Landlord or (ii) any purchaser or prospective purchaser of all or any portion of, or
interest in the Building, certifying as to such facts (if true) and agreeing to such notice provisions and other matters as such mortgagee(s) or purchaser(s) may reasonably require; provided, however, that in, no event shall any such estoppel
certificate require an amendment of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect or abridge Tenant’s rights hereunder. At Tenant’s request, Landlord shall execute, acknowledge and deliver (within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord
receives any such request) an estoppel certificate certifying (a) that this Lease is in full force and effect, or is in full force and effect as modified and stating any modifications, (b) whether or not, to the best of Landlord’s
knowledge, Tenant is in default hereunder, and (c) such other matters as Tenant may reasonably request. All requests for estoppel certificates pursuant to this Section 4.11, whether by Landlord or Tenant, shall specifically reference this
Section 4.11 and the ten (10) Business Day period set forth herein. 
  

 30 

 4.12. Tenant’s Remedies. Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Building
for recovery of any judgment from Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord intends (whether or not voluntarily) to transfer its interest in the Building, Landlord shall notify Tenant of such intended transfer
(“Landlord’s Transfer Notice”), exercising reasonable efforts to do so on the date which is thirty (30) days prior to the date of closing, but in any event no later than the date of closing. With respect to any claim which Tenant
knows it may then have against Landlord which is set forth in a notice given to Landlord within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s Transfer Notice (the “Initial Claim Period”), or, with respect to claims Tenant becomes aware of after
the date Landlord’s Transfer Notice is given and which are set forth in a notice given to Landlord during the period from the date upon which Landlord’s Transfer Notice is given to the date of closing (the “Extra Claim Period”),
Landlord’s liability for any such claim shall not be limited to Landlord’s interest in the Building, but may also be satisfied out of the proceeds of such transfer, net of all reasonable costs incurred in connection with such transfer (but
not out of any other assets of Landlord). In the event Tenant fails to give such notice to Landlord within said Initial Claim Period or Extra Claim Period, as the case may be, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived the rights granted with respect to
such claims under this Section 4.12. In the event of any transfer by Landlord of its interest in the Building to an affiliate with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud Tenant with respect to such claim, then notwithstanding such transfer and
the provisions of Section 8.03 to the contrary, Tenant shall be entitled to look to the Building for recovery of such claim irrespective of the fact that Landlord shall have no further interest therein. Landlord, its agents, its employees, and
(if Landlord is a partnership or joint venture) its partners, whether general or limited, or (if Landlord is a corporation), its directors, officers, and shareholders, or (if Landlord is a limited liability company), its members, manager, and
officers, or (if Landlord is a trust) its trustees and beneficiaries or shareholders, shall never be personally liable for any such judgment. Any lien obtained to enforce any such judgment and levy of execution thereon shall be subject and
subordinate to any Mortgage. Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default of any obligation hereunder unless Tenant has given Landlord written notice of the alleged default specifying the applicable provision of this Lease and the same remains
uncured after thirty days (or, except in cases of imminent risk to person or property, such longer period as may be reasonably necessary to cure the same). In no event shall Landlord be liable for consequential or indirect damages. In addition to
the other remedies provided in this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease by Landlord or to a decree
compelling specific performance of any such covenants, conditions or provisions. No termination remedy that is not expressly set forth in this Lease for any breach or failure by Landlord to perform any obligation under this Lease shall be implied or
applicable as a matter of law. 
  
 4.13. Rules and
Regulations. Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations for the Building attached as Exhibit C and such reasonable amendments thereto as Landlord may adopt from time to time with prior notice to and consultation with Tenant.
Nothing contained in the Rules and Regulations shall preempt the rights expressly granted to Tenant under this Lease. All rules and regulations shall be enforced Building-wide in a nondiscriminatory manner. 
  
 4.14. Personal Property at Tenant’s Risk. All of Tenant’s
Personal Property shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant, and if the whole or any part thereof shall be destroyed or damaged by fire, water or otherwise, by the leakage or bursting of water pipes, steam pipes or 

  

 31 

 
other pipes, or by theft or from any other cause, no part of said loss or damage is to be charged to or be borne by Landlord, except Landlord shall in no
event be held harmless or exonerated for any liability to Tenant or to any other person, for any injury, loss, damage or liability to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Responsible Party.

  
 4.15. Payment of Landlord’s Expenses. Tenant shall
pay, as Additional Rent, all reasonable costs, including without limitation counsel and other fees incurred by Landlord in connection with all requests by Tenant for consent or approval hereunder (to the extent such costs are not ordinary and usual
costs associated with the ownership or management of the Building which are included as part of the Operating Cost), and/or the successful enforcement by Landlord of any obligation of Tenant under this Lease. Landlord agrees that any such costs
incurred by Landlord in connection with other tenants of the Building shall be paid by such party and not by Tenant (except to the extent such costs are ordinary and usual costs associated with the ownership or management of the Building which are
included as part of the Operating Cost). 
  
 4.16.
Tenant’s Financial Condition. Within ten (10) business days after request from Landlord from time to time in connection with a sale or refinancing of the Property or any interest therein, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord
Tenant’s audited financial statements for the most recent fiscal year for which such statements are available and, for the most recent four quarters not covered by such statements, quarterly financial statements certified by Tenant’s chief
financial officer. Such financial statements may be delivered to Landlord’s mortgages and lenders and prospective mortgagees, lenders and purchasers. All financial statements shall be confidential (and, if requested by Tenant, shall be
delivered pursuant to a confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to the parties) and shall be used only for the purposes set forth in this Lease. 
  
 4.17. Energy Conservation. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord and to abide by all Building regulations which Landlord may, from time to time,
prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the heating, air-conditioning, lighting, and electrical systems and in order to maximize the effect thereof and to conserve heat, air-conditioning, and electricity. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Lease, Landlord may institute such policies, programs and measures as may be in Landlord’s reasonable judgment necessary, required or expedient for the conservation or preservation of energy or energy services, or as may be
necessary to comply with applicable codes, rules, regulations or standards. 
  
 ARTICLE 5 
  
 CASUALTY
AND EMINENT DOMAIN 
  
 5.01. Casualty Insurance.
Landlord shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, a policy or policies of insurance with the premiums thereon fully paid in advance, issued by and binding upon an insurance company of good financial standing, insuring the Building and the Project
Common Areas against loss or damage by fire or other insurable hazards and contingencies as are covered in the usual standard extended coverage endorsement or all-risks endorsement, for one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost of the
Building and for ninety percent 

  

 32 

 
(90%) of the replacement cost of the Project Common Areas (excluding, however, the foundation and footings of the Building and a reasonable deductible);
provided, that Landlord shall not be obligated to insure any of Tenant’s Personal Property, or any Tenant Improvements in excess of the Building Standard Improvements. If the annual premiums charged Landlord for such casualty insurance exceed
the standard premium rates because the nature of Tenant’s operations results in extra-hazardous exposure, then Tenant shall, upon receipt of appropriate premium invoices, reimburse Landlord for such increases in premium as Additional Rent.
Landlord agrees that any such costs incurred by Landlord in connection with other tenants of the Building shall not be included as an Operating Cost, and shall not be charged to Tenant. Upon the request of Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with
a certificate of such insurance. Any such insurance may be maintained by Landlord under a blanket policy or policies; provided, however, that the minimum amount of the total insurance afforded by such blanket policy which shall be allocated to the
Building and the Project Common Areas and any sublimits of such policy allocable to the Building and the Project Common Areas, shall be in amounts which shall not be less than the amounts of insurance required hereunder and the protection afforded
Landlord under such policy shall be not less than that which would have been afforded under a separate policy relating only to the Building and the Project Common Areas and the certificate evidencing such insurance shall contain provisions
confirming the foregoing. 
  
 5.02. Liability Insurance.
Landlord (with respect to the Building) and Tenant (with respect to the Leased Premises and the Building) shall maintain or cause to be maintained a policy or policies of comprehensive general liability insurance with the premiums thereon fully paid
in advance issued by and binding upon an insurance company of good financial standing, such insurance to afford minimum protection of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) for personal injury or death in any one occurrence and of not
less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) for property damage in any one occurrence. Such insurance shall be written on an occurrence basis and the coverages required to be carried thereunder shall be extended to include blanket
contractual liability, personal injury liability (libel, slander, false arrest and wrongful eviction), and broad form property damage liability. The insurance carried by Tenant pursuant to this Section 5.02 shall specifically recognize the
liability assumed by Tenant under this Lease and shall provide that where insurance coverage is provided under more than one policy, Tenant’s insurance is primary, and any other insurance available to Landlord or any other named insured is
excess. Upon request of either party, the other party shall provide reasonable evidence that the insurance required to be maintained hereunder is in full force and effect (it being understood and agreed that the foregoing obligation to provide
evidence of insurance is in addition to any obligation to provide certificates pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 5.03). 
  
 5.03. Tenant’s Insurance. 
  

	 	(a)	 Tenant shall carry the comprehensive general liability insurance required by Section 5.02 hereof and shall also carry fire and extended coverage insurance on
Tenant’s Personal Property in the Leased Premises in the amount of their full replacement cost (subject only to a reasonable deductible and co-insurance factor). In addition, Tenant shall maintain workers’ compensation insurance and all
such other insurance relating to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Leased Premises and the Building as 

  

 33 

	 	 
may be required by applicable law. All such policies required to be carried by Tenant hereunder and all evidence of insurance provided to Landlord shall be
issued by responsible, financially sound companies qualified to do business and in good standing in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and shall contain an endorsement showing that Landlord, its managing agent, and each holder of a Mortgage
(disclosed in writing to Tenant) is included as an additional insured (except as to workers compensation insurance), as its interests may appear and an endorsement whereby the insurer agrees not to cancel or alter the policy without at least thirty
(30) days prior written notice to Landlord, to the holder of such Mortgage and all other named insureds. Tenant shall, on or prior to occupying any portion of the Leased Premises, deposit with Landlord certificates of such insurance, and
thereafter, on or prior to fifteen (15) days before the expiration date of any coverage thereunder, shall deposit with Landlord certificates evidencing the renewal of such policies. Any such insurance may be maintained by Tenant under a blanket
policy or policies; provided, however, that the minimum amount of the total insurance afforded by such blanket policy which shall be allocable to the Leased Premises and any sublimits of such policy allocable to the Leased Premises, shall be in
amounts which shall not be less than the amounts of the insurance required hereunder, and the protection afforded to Landlord and each holder of a Mortgage under such policy shall be not less than that which would have been afforded under a separate
policy or policies relating only to the Leased Premises, and the certificate evidencing such insurance shall contain provisions confirming the foregoing. 

  

	 	(b)	In the event that Tenant fails to timely furnish Landlord evidence of the insurance required to be provided by Tenant pursuant to Subsection (a) above, and such failure shall
continue for five (5) Business Days after notice thereof from Landlord, Landlord shall be authorized (but not required) to procure such coverage in the amounts stated with all costs thereof to be chargeable to Tenant as Additional Rent, and
payable by Tenant upon receipt of written invoice therefor. 

  
 5.04. Indemnity and Exoneration. Except to the extent such indemnity or exoneration is prohibited by law or as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, 
  

	 	(a)	Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for injury to any person or any loss or damage to any property or any inconvenience caused by (i) theft, burglary or acts of unauthorized
persons in or about the Building, or (ii) any act of Force Majeure, any repair or alteration of any part of the Building, or any failure to make any such repair, except in each case to the extent the same is caused by the negligence or willful
misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Responsible Party; 

  

	 	(b)	 Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and hold Landlord harmless of and from any and all loss, cost, damage, injury or expense arising out of or related 

  

 34 

	 	 
to claims of injury to or death of persons or damage to property occurring upon, or resulting from the use or occupancy of, the Leased Premises or the
Building by Tenant, or resulting from activities of Tenant in or about the Leased Premises or the Building, such indemnity to include, without limitation, the obligation to provide all costs of defense against any such claims, except in each case to
the extent the same is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Responsible Party; 

  

	 	(c)	Tenant shall hold and save Landlord harmless and indemnify Landlord of and from any and all loss, cost, damage, injury or expense arising out of or in any way related to claims for
work or labor performed, materials or supplies furnished to or at the request of Tenant or in connection with performance of any work done for the account of Tenant in the Leased Premises or the Building, such indemnity to include, without
limitation, the obligation to provide all costs of defense against any such claim; and 

  

	 	(d)	Landlord shall indemnify Tenant and hold Tenant harmless of and from any loss, cost, damage, injury or expense incurred by Tenant in connection with injury to or death of persons or
damage to property occurring upon the Leased Premises or the Building to the extent the same is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Responsible Party, such indemnity to include, without limitation, the
obligation to provide all costs of defense against any such claim; provided that Landlord shall not be responsible for any noncompliance of Tenant Alterations. 

  
 5.05. Waiver of Subrogation Rights. Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, to the extent any claim
is covered by casualty insurance, or should be covered by any required casualty insurance, Landlord and Tenant each waive all rights of recovery, claim, action or cause of action against the other, its agents (including partners, both general and
limited), officers, directors, shareholders, members, trustees, beneficiaries, or employees, for any loss or damage that may occur to the Leased Premises, or any improvements thereto, to the Building or to any personal property of such party
therein, by reason of fire, the elements, or any other cause which are required to be insured against under the terms of such insurance policies, or any other peril which is in fact insured, regardless of cause or origin, including negligence of the
other party hereto, its agents, officers or employees; and each party covenants that no insurer shall hold any right of subrogation against such other party. Each party shall advise insurers of the foregoing and such waiver shall be a part of each
applicable policy maintained by Landlord and/or Tenant which applies to the Leased Premises, any part of the Building or Tenant’s use and occupancy of any part thereof; provided that this waiver shall be null and void if the affected insurer
refuses to consent to such waiver, and provided further that all costs (if any) associated with obtaining insurer consent shall be borne by the party benefited by such waiver, unless such party elects to waive the benefit of such provision.

  

 35 

 5.06. Condemnation and Loss or Damage. 
  

	 	(a)	If all or any portion of the Leased Premises or the Building shall be taken or condemned for any public purpose to such an extent as to render the Leased Premises untenantable as
reasonably determined by either Landlord or Tenant, this Lease shall, at the option of either party (provided such option shall be exercised by the giving of notice by the exercising party to the other party within sixty (60) days from the date
the exercising party has been notified of such taking or condemnation) forthwith cease and terminate as of the date of the taking. If this Lease is not terminated in accordance with the provisions of this subparagraph (a), the Rent due shall be
abated in proportion to the portion of the Leased Premises so taken, and Landlord shall be obligated to repair and restore the Leased Premises and/or the Building and shall proceed diligently to do so; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no
obligation to incur costs to repair and restore the Leased Premises and/or the Building which exceeds the amount of condemnation proceeds Landlord realizes or any insurance proceeds which, as a result of such taking, Landlord realizes or would have
realized had Landlord procured the insurance required by Section 5.01, and provided further Landlord shall have no obligation to repair and restore any Tenant Alterations to the extent the same were paid for by Tenant. All proceeds from any
taking or condemnation of the Leased Premises shall belong to and be paid to Landlord, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord its interest in said proceeds, subject to the rights of any holder of any Mortgage; provided, however, Tenant shall be
entitled to any proceeds attributable to Tenant Alterations to the extent the same were paid for by Tenant, and provided further Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant if Tenant seeks to recover, at its cost and expense, compensation for its moving
expenses and personal property. In no event shall any such recovery by Tenant have the effect of diminishing or delaying the award payable to Landlord on account of any taking or condemnation. 

  

	 	(b)	In the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Leased Premises, the Rent due shall be abated in proportion to the portion of the Leased Premises so taken. In such
event, Landlord shall be obligated to .restore the Building and the Leased Premises as may reasonably be required as a result of such taking and shall proceed diligently to do so; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to incur
costs to repair and restore the Leased Premises and/or the Building which exceeds the amount of condemnation proceeds Landlord realizes or any insurance proceeds which Landlord realizes or would have realized had Landlord procured the insurance
required by Section 5.01, and provided further Landlord shall have no obligation to repair and restore any Tenant Alterations to the extent the same were paid for by Tenant. 

  

 36 

 5.07. Damage Due to Fire and Casualty. In the event of a fire or other casualty in the Leased
Premises, Tenant shall immediately give notice thereof to Landlord. In the event of any fire or other casualty in the Building, the following provisions shall apply: 
  

	 	(a)	Unless either Landlord or Tenant is entitled to terminate this Lease pursuant to subparagraphs (b), (c) or (d) below, and this Lease is so terminated, Landlord shall be
obligated to repair and restore the Leased Premises and/or the Building and shall proceed diligently to do so; provided, however, that Landlord shall have no obligation to incur costs to repair and restore the Leased Premises and/or the Building
which exceed the amount of insurance proceeds which Landlord realizes (or would have realized had Landlord procured the insurance required by Section 5.01) for such purpose plus an amount equal to (a) any deductible for such insurance and
(b) with respect to the Project Common Areas only, if one hundred percent (100%) replacement cost coverage was not obtained with respect thereto, the difference between the proceeds of the replacement cost insurance actually obtained and
the proceeds which would have been obtained from one hundred percent (100%) replacement cost coverage. 

  

	 	(b)	If, at the time a fire or other casualty occurs, there remains less than twenty-four (24) months in the Term, and if Landlord reasonably estimates that upon completion of the
repairs and restoration with substantially all damage repaired, less than six (6) months will remain in the Term, Landlord shall, within forty-five (45) days after the occurrence of the fire or other casualty, give Tenant notice either
(i) setting forth the reasons for Landlord’s determination and eliminating from the Leased Premises, those full floors, if any, which incurred substantial damage, or (ii) offering Tenant the option of either (x) electing to
eliminate from the Leased Premises those full floors which incurred substantial damage, or (y) terminating this entire Lease by notice to Landlord given during the thirty (30) day period following the date Landlord’s notice is given.

  

	 	(c)	Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) above, if the damage caused by such fire or other casualty renders untenantable either (i) fifty percent (50%) or more of
the Net Rentable Area of the Leased Premises, or (ii) twenty-eight percent (28%) or more of the Net Rentable Area of the Office Section (including some portion of the Office Section outside of the Leased Premises) then, if:

  

	 	(x)	such untenantable space cannot, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, be made tenantable with substantially all damage repaired within twelve (12) months of the occurrence of
the fire or other casualty, but can be so repaired or restored within eighteen (18) months thereof, then 

  

	 	(I)	 if at least twelve (12) months will remain in the Term after completion of such repair, Landlord shall give Tenant notice within forty-five (45) days
after the date of such fire or other casualty, following which Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of the date Landlord’s notice is given, give 

  

 37 

	 	 
Landlord notice either (i) terminating this Lease, or (ii) electing not to terminate this Lease; and 

  

	 	(II)	if less than twelve (12) months will remain in the Term after completion of such repair, Landlord shall, within forty-five (45) days ,after the date of such fire or other
casualty, give Tenant notice (A) setting forth the reasons for Landlord’s determination and, if all other leases in the Building are to be terminated as a result thereof, terminating this Lease, (B) setting forth the reasons for
Landlord’s determination and, if all other leases in the Building are not going to be terminated as a result thereof, eliminating from the Leased Premises those full floors, if any, which incurred substantial damage, or (C) offering Tenant
the option of (m) electing to eliminate from the Leased Premises those full floors which incurred substantial damage, or (n) terminating this entire Lease by notice to Landlord given during the thirty (30) day period following the
date Landlord’s notice is given; 

  

	 	(y)	such untenantable space cannot, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, be made tenantable with substantially all damage repaired within eighteen (18) months of the occurrence
of the fire or other casualty, but at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Net Rentable Area of the Leased Premises is or can be made tenantable with substantially all damage repaired within such eighteen (18) month period, and at least
twelve (12) months will remain in the Term after completion of such repair, then Landlord shall notify Tenant within forty-five (45) days after the date of such fire or other casualty, following which Tenant shall, within thirty
(30) days of the date Landlord’s notice is given, give Landlord notice (i) electing to eliminate from the Leased Premises those full floors which cannot be made tenantable within such eighteen (18) month period,
(ii) terminating this entire Lease, or (iii) electing not to terminate this Lease; and 

  

	 	(z)	 notwithstanding the foregoing, (I) if at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Net Rentable Area of the Leased Premises cannot be made tenantable with
substantially all damage repaired within eighteen (18) months following the fire or other casualty, or (II) even if at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Net Rentable Area of the Leased Premises can be made tenantable with
substantially all damage repaired within such eighteen (18) month period but less than twelve (12) months will remain in the Term after the completion of such repair, then Landlord shall notify Tenant within forty-five (45) days after
the date of the fire or other 

  

 38 

	 	 
casualty, and either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease within thirty (30) days of the date Landlord’s notice is given.

  

	 	(d)	If Landlord is obligated to restore the Leased Premises or the Building in accordance with subparagraph (a) above, and Landlord has not commenced restoration within six
(6) months from the date of damage or destruction, Tenant may terminate this Lease, such termination right to be exercised by notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after such right accrues. 

  

	 	(e)	During any period when Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises is materially affected by damage or destruction, Gross Rent shall abate proportionately until such time as the Leased
Premises are made tenantable as reasonably determined by Landlord and no portion of the Rent so abated shall be subject to subsequent recapture, except from the proceeds of insurance policies maintained by Landlord covering such lost Rent, if any.

  

	 	(f)	The proceeds from any insurance paid by reason of damage to or destruction of the Building or any part thereof, the Building Standard Improvements or any other element, component or
property insured by Landlord shall belong to and be paid to Landlord, subject to the rights of the holder of any Mortgage, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any interest in said proceeds. 

  
 ARTICLE 6 
  
 DEFAULT 
  
 6.01. Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” on the part of Tenant: 

 

	 	(a)	Nonpayment of Gross Rent. Failure to pay any regularly scheduled payment of Gross Rent due and payable hereunder, upon the date when payment is due, such failure continuing
for a period of five (5) Business Days after notice of such failure; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to provide such notice more than twice during any consecutive twenty-four (24) month period within the Term and the
third and any subsequent such non-payment occurring within the same twenty-four (24) month period shall constitute an Event of Default without requirement of notice; 

  

	 	(b)	Nonpayment of Other Amounts. Failure to make any other payment due and payable hereunder, upon the date when payment is due, such failure continuing for a period of ten
(10) Business Days after written notice of such failure; 

  

 39 

	 	(c)	Other Obligations. Failure to perform any other obligation, agreement or covenant under this Lease, other than those matters specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b), such
failure continuing for fifteen (15) Business Days after notice of such failure (or such longer period as is reasonably necessary to remedy such default, provided that Tenant shall within such fifteen (15) Business-Day period have commenced
such remedy and thereafter Tenant shall continuously and diligently pursue such remedy at all times until such default is cured); 

  

	 	(d)	Abandonment. Abandonment of more than 40,000 square feet of Net Rentable Area of the Leased Premises during the Term, unless, within ten (10) days after such
abandonment, Tenant shall have indicated an intention to itself to reoccupy the entire Leased Premises within one hundred and twenty (120) days (or if such reoccupancy shall include occupancy by subtenants or assignees in accordance with
Section 4.05 hereof, within one hundred and eighty (180) days), or the failure of Tenant to so reoccupy the entire Leased Premises within said one hundred and twenty (120) day period (or, in the case of occupancy by subtenants or
assignees, within said one hundred and eighty (180) day period). Tenant shall be deemed to have abandoned the Leased Premises if the Leased Premises remain substantially vacant or unoccupied to an extent that might reasonably jeopardize the
validity of insurance coverage thereon; 

  

	 	(e)	General Assignment. A general assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors; 

  

	 	(f)	Bankruptcy. The filing of any voluntary petition in bankruptcy by Tenant, or the filing of an involuntary petition by Tenant’s creditors, which involuntary petition
remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days. In the event that under applicable law the trustee in bankruptcy or Tenant has the right to affirm this Lease and continue to perform the obligations of Tenant
hereunder, such trustee or Tenant shall, in such time period as may be permitted by the bankruptcy court having jurisdiction, cure all defaults of Tenant hereunder outstanding as of the date of the affirmance of this Lease and provide to Landlord
such adequate assurances as may reasonably be necessary to ensure Landlord of the continued performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; 

  

	 	(g)	Receivership. The employment of a receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or the Leased Premises, if such receivership remains undissolved
for a period of ninety (90) days after creation thereof; 

  

	 	(h)	Attachment. The attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or the Leased Premises, if such attachment or other
seizure remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of ninety (90) days after the levy thereof; 

  

 40 

	 	(i)	Insolvency. The admission by Tenant in writing of its inability to pay its debts as they become due, the filing by Tenant of a petition seeking any reorganization
arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, the filing by Tenant of an answer admitting or failing timely to contest a material allegation of a petition
filed against Tenant in any such proceeding or, if within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the commencement of any proceeding against Tenant seeking any reorganization, or arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation; dissolution
or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, such proceeding shall not have been dismissed. 

  
 For so long as (1) the landlord under the 222 Berkeley Lease and the Landlord under the 500 Boylston Lease are the same entity or Affiliates (as
defined below) and (2) the tenant under the 222 Berkeley Lease and the Tenant under the 500 Boylston Lease are the same entity or Affiliates (as defined below), any event of default by the tenant under the 222 Berkeley Lease (continuing beyond
any applicable notice and cure period) shall constitute an Event of Default by Tenant under the 500 Boylston Lease without further notice or cure period, and any Event of Default by Tenant under the 500 Boylston Lease (continuing beyond any
applicable notice and cure period) shall constitute an event of default by the tenant under the 222 Berkeley Lease without further notice or cure period. “Affiliates”, as used herein, shall mean any entity that controls, is controlled by,
or is under common control with the subject entity, and “control” (and like terms) shall mean fifty percent (50%) or more of the direct or indirect beneficial ownership or voting interests in the entities. As of the date hereof, the
Landlord under the 222 Berkeley Lease and the landlord under the 500 Boylston Lease are Affiliates, and Tenant is the tenant under both the 222 Berkeley Lease and the 500 Boylston Lease. 
  
 6.02. Remedies upon Default. 
  

	 	(a)	If an Event of Default occurs, Landlord shall have the right, with or without notice or demand, immediately to terminate this Lease, and at any time thereafter recover possession of
the Leased Premises or any part thereof and expel and remove therefrom Tenant and any other person occupying the same, by any lawful means, and again repossess and enjoy the Leased Premises without prejudice to any of the remedies that Landlord may
have under this Lease, or at law or equity by reason of Tenant’s default or of such termination. In no event shall Tenant be liable for consequential or indirect damages, it being agreed that the damages expressly set forth in this Article 6
and Section 8.01 shall be deemed to be direct damages and not consequential or indirect damages. 

  

	 	(b)	 Even though an Event of Default shall have occurred pursuant to Section 6.01, this Lease shall continue in effect and Tenant shall have the right to cure any
such Event of Default for so long as Landlord does not terminate this Lease under Section 6.02(a) hereof, and Landlord may enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including, without limitation, the right to recover Rent as it
becomes due. Acts of maintenance, 

  

 41 

	 	 
preservation or efforts to lease the Leased Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon application of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under
this Lease shall not constitute an election to terminate the Lease. 

  
 6.03. Damages upon Termination. Should Landlord terminate this Lease pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.02(a) hereof, in addition to any other rights and remedies to which Landlord may be entitled
under applicable law, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant: (i) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent and other amounts which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the
amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that the Tenant proves could have been reasonably .avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the
amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the rental value of the Leased Premises for the balance of the Term, taking into account reasonable projections of vacancy and the time required to re-lease
the Leased Premises of at least six months; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease. Tenant further covenants, as
an additional cumulative obligation after any such termination to punctually pay to Landlord all sums and perform all obligations which Tenant covenants in this Lease to pay and to perform, as if this Lease had not been terminated, whether or not
such obligations arose prior to, concurrent with or after such termination. In calculating the amounts to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall be credited with any amount paid to Landlord pursuant to the
first sentence of this Section 6.03, and also with the net proceeds of any rent obtained by Landlord by reletting the Leased Premises through the time of award, after deducting all Landlord’s expenses in connection with such reletting,
including, without limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, fees for legal services and expenses of preparing the Leased Premises for reletting, it being agreed by Tenant that Landlord may (x) relet the Leased Premises or any
part thereof for a term or terms which may at Landlord’s option be equal or less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term and may grant such concessions and free rent as Landlord in its exercise
of business judgment considers advisable or necessary to relet the same and (y) make such alterations, repairs and decorations in the Leased Premises and the Building as Landlord in its sole judgment considers advisable or necessary to relet
the same, and no action of Landlord in accordance with the foregoing or failure to relet or collect rent under Landlord’s reletting of the Premises shall operate or be construed to release or reduce Tenant’s liability as aforesaid unless
and to the extent Tenant proves such failure could reasonably have been avoided. Any obligation imposed by law upon Landlord to relet the Leased Premises shall be subject to Landlord’s right to lease the Leased Premises to high quality tenants,
to develop the Building in a harmonious manner with an appropriate mix of uses, tenants, floor areas and terms of tenancies, and the like, and to first lease otherwise available space in the Building to prospective tenants. The “time of
award” shall refer to such time as (I) Tenant shall, as a settlement of the amounts due pursuant to this Section 6.03, pay to Landlord such sums pursuant to a written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, or (II)
the date on which a judgment shall be entered in a court of competent jurisdiction to the effect that Tenant shall pay Landlord the amounts due and owing pursuant to this Section 6.03. The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts
referred to in (i) and (ii) shall mean such amounts together with interest at the lesser of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the maximum rate allowed by law. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in
(iii) shall mean such amounts as 

  

 42 

 
computed by reference to competent appraisal evidence or the formula prescribed by and using the lowest discount rate utilized by commercial appraisers in
calculating such amounts for such purpose. 
  
 6.04.
Computation of Rent for Purposes of Default. For purposes of computing unpaid Rent which would have accrued and become .payable under this Lease for the balance of the Term pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.03, unpaid Rent shall
consist of the sum of: 
  

	 	(a)	the total Net Rent for the balance of the Term, plus 

  

	 	(b)	a computation of the Operating Cost and Impositions for the balance of the Term, the assumed Operating Cost for the calendar year of the default and each future calendar year in the
Term to be equal to the Operating Cost for the calendar year prior to the year in which the default occurs compounded at a per annum rate equal to the mean average rate of inflation for the preceding five (5) calendar years as determined by the
United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index (All Urban Consumers, All Items, 1982-1984 equals 100). If such Index is discontinued or revised, the average rate of inflation shall be determined by reference to
the index designated as the successor or substitute index by the government of the United States. 

  
 6.05. Rights of Landlord in Bankruptcy. Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain in
proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency, by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be
proved, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to in this Article 6. 
  
 6.06. Interest on Late Payments. In addition to its other remedies, Landlord shall have the right to add to the amount of any payment required to
be make by Tenant hereunder, and which is not paid on or before the date the same is due, interest on all unpaid payments at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum over the Prime Rate of interest, for so long as the delinquency remains
outstanding , the parties agreeing that Landlord’s damage by virtue of such delinquencies would be difficult to compute and the amount stated herein represents a reasonable estimate thereof. All such interest charges shall be due upon demand by
Landlord. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Landlord to recover the interest charges due hereunder. 
  
 ARTICLE 7 
  
 APPRAISAL 
  
 7.01. Appraisal of Fair Market Net Rent. In the event that Tenant disputes the amount claimed by Landlord as Fair Market Net Rent, and such dispute
cannot be resolved by mutual agreement, the dispute shall be submitted to the appraisal process hereinafter set forth. The 

  

 43 

 
amount of Fair Market Net Rent determined pursuant to such appraisal process shall be final and binding between the parties. The appraisal process shall be
conducted as follows: 
  

	 	(a)	Tenant shall make demand for appraisal in writing within thirty (30) days after service of Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Net Rent given under Section 9.02
or otherwise under this Lease, specifying therein the name and address of the person to act as the appraiser on its behalf. The appraiser shall be a real estate appraiser with at least ten (10) years’ experience in the leasing or appraisal
of first-class commercial office space (with at least five (5) years-experience in Boston) and a qualified member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers, or any successor of such Institute (or if such organization or successor
shall no longer be in existence, a recognized national association or institute of land appraisers). Failure on the part of the Tenant to make a timely and proper demand for such appraisal shall constitute a waiver of the right thereto. Within ten
(10) Business Days after the service of the demand for appraisal, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant, specifying the name and address of the person designated by Landlord to act as appraiser on its behalf who shall be similarly qualified. If
Landlord fails to notify Tenant of the appointment of its appraiser, within or by the time above specified, then the Tenant may thereafter send a second notice to Landlord indicating such failure and requesting Landlord to appoint such an appraiser.
If Landlord fails to notify Tenant of the appointment of its appraiser within ten (10) Business Days after the giving of such second notice by Tenant then the appraiser appointed by Tenant shall be the sole appraiser to determine the issue.

  

	 	(b)	In the event that two (2) appraisers are chosen pursuant to Section 7.01(a) above, the appraisers so chosen shall meet within ten (10) Business Days after the second
appraiser is appointed and, if within ten (10) Business Days after such first meeting the two appraisers shall be unable to agree upon a determination of Fair Market Net Rent; they, themselves, shall appoint a third appraiser, who shall be a
competent and impartial person with qualifications similar to those required of the first two appraisers. In the event they are unable to agree upon such appointment within five (5) Business Days after expiration of said ten (10) day
period, the third appraiser shall be selected by the parties themselves, if they can agree thereon, within a further period of ten (10) Business Days. If the parties do not so agree, then either party, on behalf of both, may request appointment
of such a qualified person by an officer of the American Arbitration Association in Boston. The three (3) appraisers shall decide the dispute, if it has not previously been resolved, by following the procedure set forth in Section 7.01(c)
below. 

  

	 	(c)	 Where the issue cannot be resolved by agreement between the two appraisers selected by Landlord and Tenant or settlement between the parties during the course of
the appraisal process, the issue shall be 

  

 44 

	 	 
resolved by the three appraisers in accordance with the following procedure. The appraiser selected by each of the parties shall each state in writing his
determination of the Fair Market Net Rent, supported by the reasons therefor, with counterpart copies to each party. The appraisers shall arrange for a simultaneous exchange of such proposed determinations. The role of the third appraiser shall be
to select which of the two proposed determinations most closely approximates his own determination of Fair Market Net Rent. The third appraiser shall have no right to propose a middle ground or any modification of either of the two proposed
determinations. The determination he chooses as most closely approximating his determination shall constitute the decision of the appraisers and be final and binding upon the parties. This provision for determination by appraisal shall be
specifically enforceable to the extent such remedies are available under applicable law, and any determination hereunder shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto, and either party shall have the right to enter judgment thereon, unless
otherwise provided by applicable law. If a determination of Fair Market Net Rent is to be made pursuant to this Section 7.01, Landlord and Tenant shall each pay for the fees and disbursements of any appraiser appointed by it and shall share
equally in the fees and expenses of any third appraiser. 

  

	 	(d)	In the event of a failure, refusal or inability of any appraiser to act, his successor shall be appointed by him, but in the case of the third appraiser, his successor shall be
appointed in the same manner as provided for appointment of the third appraiser. 

  
 ARTICLE 8 
  
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 8.01. Holding Over. In
the event of holding over by Tenant after expiration or termination of this Lease without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall pay for each month or portion thereof of the holdover tenancy holdover rent at the rate of twice the rate of
Gross Rent which Tenant was obligated to pay for the month or portion thereof immediately preceding the end of the Term together with such other amounts as may become due hereunder. No holding over by Tenant after the Term or Extended Term shall
operate to extend the Term. In the event of any unauthorized holding over, Landlord may give notice to Tenant of such holdover, and, if Landlord gives such notice to Tenant, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord (i) against all claims for damages by
any other tenant to whom Landlord may have leased all or any part of the Leased Premises covered hereby effective upon the termination of this Lease, and (ii) for all other losses, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees,
incurred by Landlord by reason of such holding over. Landlord shall include in its notice to Tenant hereunder an estimate of the damages which Landlord reasonably anticipates suffering in the six (6) months following such notice as a result of
Tenant’s holdover, but such indemnity shall be effective whether or not any of the damages actually suffered by Landlord were set forth in Landlord’s notice to Tenant and shall not in any manner be limited to Landlord’s failure to
list any such damage in its notice to Tenant so long as Landlord was reasonable in furnishing Tenant 

  

 45 

 
its estimate. Any holding over with the consent of Landlord in writing shall thereafter constitute a lease from month to month subject to the terms hereof.

  
 8.02. Amendments and Modifications. This Lease may not
be altered, changed or amended, except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto. If in connection with obtaining financing for the Building, a bank, insurance company, pension trust or other institutional lender shall request
modifications to this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant shall promptly consider such requests, shall give serious consideration to all reasonable requests, and, if Tenant shall not consent to any such request, shall set forth in writing
the reasons for its refusal to do so. No modification which would increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder or materially adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created shall be deemed a reasonable request. 
  
 8.03. Transfers by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to transfer
and assign all of its rights and obligations hereunder in the Building, and in such event and upon such transfer, no further liability or obligations shall thereafter accrue for obligations arising after such transfer or assignment against such
party as Landlord hereunder. No owner of the Leased Premises shall be liable under this Lease except for breaches of Landlord’s obligations occurring while such person is the owner of the Leased Premises. 
  
 8.04. Severability. If any term or provision of this Lease, or the
application thereof to any person or circumstances, shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or
unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. 
  

8.05. Notices. All notices, demands, consents and approvals which may be or are required to be given by either party to the other hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been fully given (a) in the case of Landlord, when personally delivered to the Landlord at the address specified for Landlord on the Basic Lease Information Sheet, and in the case of Tenant, when
two (2) of the same are personally delivered to the Tenant addressed “Attention: General Counsel” and to the Tenant addressed “Attention: Vice President of Real Estate”, both at the address specified for Tenant on the Basic
Lease Information Sheet (provided, however, that in the case of any notice by Landlord to Tenant regarding a lien pursuant to Section 4.06 or regarding an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01, such notice shall state “NOTICE OF
LIEN” or “NOTICE OF DEFAULT”, respectively, in boldfaced capital letters), or (b) when deposited with a recognized overnight delivery service which furnishes receipts of delivery in the ordinary course of its business, in the
case of Landlord, at the address specified for Landlord on the Basic Lease Information Sheet, and in the case of Tenant, addressed “Attention: General Counsel” and “Attention: Vice President of Real Estate”, both at the address
specified for Tenant on the Basic Lease Information Sheet (provided, however, that in the case of any notice by Landlord to Tenant regarding a lien pursuant to Section 4.06 or regarding an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01, such
notice shall state “NOTICE OF LIEN” or “NOTICE OF DEFAULT”, respectively, in boldfaced capital letters). Any party may, from time to time, designate a new address for delivery, for purposes of this notice provision, by notice
given at least fifteen (15) days in advance in accordance herewith of such new address. 
  

 46 

 8.06. No Joint Venture. This Lease shall not be deemed or construed to create or establish any
relationship of partnership or joint venture or similar relationship or arrangement between Landlord and Tenant hereunder. 
  
 8.07. Successors and Assigns. This Lease shall be binding upon and inure. to the benefit of Landlord, its successors and assigns (subject to the
provisions hereof, including, but without limitation, Section 8.03); and shall be binding upon and, subject to the provisions of Section 4.05 hereof, inure to the benefit of Tenant, its successors, and assigns. 
  
 8.08. Applicable Law. All rights and remedies of Landlord and Tenant
under this Lease shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 
  
 8.09. Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of each and every covenant herein contained. 
  
 8.10. Submission Not an Option. The submission of this Lease for
examination does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Leased Premises or an offer to lease, it being understood and agreed that neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be legally bound with respect to the leasing of the Leased Premises unless
and until this Lease has been executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant. 
  
 8.11. Brokerage. Tenant and Landlord each warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with this Lease other than McCall & Almy, Inc., and each covenants to
defend (with counsel reasonably approved by the other party), hold harmless and indemnify the other party from and against any and all costs, expense or liability for any compensation, commission and charges claimed by any broker or agent arising
out of the warranting party’s dealings in connection with this Lease or the negotiation thereof. The fee for the brokers referred to above shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to a separate agreement. 
  
 8.12. Waiver of Jury Trial. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by
jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other, on or in respect of any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant
hereunder, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, and/ or any claim of injury or damages. 
  
 8.13. All Agreements Contained. This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes
all prior dealings between them with respect to such subject matter. 
  
 8.14. Cumulative Remedies. The specific remedies to which Landlord may resort under the terms of this Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to which it may be lawfully
entitled in case of any breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any provisions of this Lease. In addition to the other remedies provided in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall each be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation or
attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or 

  

 47 

 
provisions of this Lease or to a decree compelling specific performance of any such covenants, conditions or provisions. 
  
 8.15. Failure to Enforce. The failure of Landlord or Tenant to declare
any default upon its occurrence or to seek redress for any default of, or to insist upon strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Lease, shall not be deemed a waiver of such default, nor prevent a subsequent act which would have
originally constituted a default from having all the force and effect of the original default. The failure of the Landlord to enforce any of the rules and regulations applicable to the Building against any other tenant in the Building shall not be
deemed a waiver of any such rules or regulations, provided, however, that Landlord shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner. The receipt by Landlord of Rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease
shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord, unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed by Landlord. No consent or waiver, express or implied, by Landlord or Tenant
to any breach of any agreement or duty shall be construed as a waiver or consent to or of any other breach of the same or any other agreement or duty. Unless Landlord otherwise notifies Tenant in writing, no acceptance by Landlord of a lesser sum
than all Gross Rent and other charges then due shall be applied or deemed to be applied except as follows: first, to charges due under Section 6.06; and second, to the installments of Gross Rent and other charges most recently due. No
endorsement or statement by Tenant on or accompanying any check or payment shall alter the application of such check or payment as set forth above. No such endorsement or statement shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept
such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of all amounts due or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease. The delivery of keys to Landlord or to Landlord’s managing agent shall not operate as
a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Leased Premises. 
  
 8.16. Notice of Lease; Other Notices and Agreements. Tenant agrees not to record this Lease, but on the request of either party hereto, both parties hereto shall execute and deliver (i) a notice of this Lease in form appropriate
for recording and .registration, (ii) an agreement setting forth the Term Commencement Date, (iii) a notice in form appropriate for recording and registration of any amendment of this Lease, (iv) as reasonably requested by any holder
of a Mortgage, an agreement by Tenant to make payments and give notices to whatever individual or entity shall be designated by Landlord for receiving any such notice or payment and to comply with the provisions of any assignment of rents granted to
the holder of any Mortgage, and (v) if this Lease is terminated before the expiration of the Term, an instrument in form appropriate for recording and registration pursuant to which Tenant acknowledges the date of termination. 
  
 8.17. Hiring Practices. Tenant covenants that Tenant shall comply with
all laws, ordinances, regulations and orders referenced in Section 12.01 of the Amended and Restated Sale and Construction Agreement by and among the City of Boston, the Boston Redevelopment Authority, New England Mutual Life Insurance Company
and Gerald D. Hines Interests, Inc. dated April 15, 1986, recorded with the Suffolk Registry of Deeds in took 12515, Page 78. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord shall have no right to terminate this Lease by reason of
Tenant’s breach of this covenant, but Tenant shall in good faith make reasonable efforts to cure any breach of this covenant after notice to Tenant from any public agency, authority or other instrumentality with jurisdiction to enforce any such
laws, ordinances, 

  

 48 

 
regulations or orders that Tenant has failed to so comply, or after notice to Tenant from Landlord that Landlord has received notice from any such public
agency, authority or other instrumentality that Tenant has failed to so comply, provided that Tenant may in good faith challenge any assertion by a public agency, authority or other instrumentality that Tenant has failed to so comply or the validity
or enforceability of any such laws, ordinances, regulations or orders. 
  
 8.18. Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant designates the person named from time to time as Tenant’s Authorized Representative to take all acts of Tenant hereunder. Landlord may rely on the acts of such Tenant’s
Authorized Representative without further inquiry or evidence of authority. Tenant’s Authorized Representative shall be the person so designated in Basic Lease Information and such successors as may be named from time to time by the then
current Tenant’s Authorized Representative or by Tenant’s president. 
  
 8.19. Assignment of Rents. If at any time Landlord assigns this Lease or the rents payable hereunder to the holder of any Mortgage, whether such assignment is conditional in nature or otherwise, (i) such
assignment to the Mortgagee shall not be deemed an assumption by the Mortgagee of any obligations of Landlord hereunder unless such Mortgagee shall, by written notice to Tenant, specifically otherwise elect; (ii) except as aforesaid, the
Mortgagee shall be treated as having assumed Landlord’s obligations hereunder (subject to Section 4.12) only upon foreclosure of its mortgage (or voluntary conveyance by deed in lieu thereof) and the taking of possession of the Leased
Premises from and after foreclosure and, with respect to obligations regarding return of any security deposit, only upon receipt of the funds constituting such security deposit; and (iii) if Tenant alleges that Landlord is in default under this
Lease, Tenant shall give the Mortgagee a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord and, if Landlord fails to cure such default within the time provided herein or by law or such additional time as may be provided in such notice to Landlord,
the Mortgagee shall have thirty (30) days after the end of Landlord’s cure period to cure such default (or such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default, if within such thirty day period the Mortgagee has commenced and is
diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to effect such cure), in which event Tenant shall have no right with respect to such default while such remedies are being diligently pursued by the Mortgagee. 
  
 ARTICLE 9 
  
 OPTION TO EXTEND THE TERM 
  
 9.01. Grant and Exercise of Option to Extend. Tenant shall have the option (the “Extension Option”) to extend the Term for the entire
Leased Premises beyond the end of the Extended Term for one additional ten (10) year period (the “Second Extended Term”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 9. If Tenant desires to exercise the Extension Option,
then Tenant shall, on or before the date that is twenty-four (24) months prior to the last day of the Extended Term (the “Exercise Deadline”), give Landlord notice of Tenant’s election to extend the Term for the Second Extended
Term (“Tenant’s Exercise Notice”). Time is of the essence for Tenant to timely deliver the Tenant’s Exercise Notice by the date required hereunder. If Tenant does not timely deliver the Tenant’s Exercise Notice, Tenant shall
be deemed to have irrevocably waived the Extension Option, and the Term shall end on the last day of the Extended Term (i.e., February 28, 2017). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant’s 

  

 49 

 
Extension Option shall, at Landlord’s election, be void if, as of the Exercise Deadline (i) there exists an Event of Default or a condition as to
which Tenant has received notice, which, with the passage of time, would constitute an Event of Default (unless Tenant commences to cure such condition prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default as a result thereof and thereafter continuously
and diligently pursues such cure to completion), or (ii) Tenant has assigned the Lease to any party (other than a Tenant Affiliate) or does not occupy for its own uses (or for use by a Tenant Affiliate) at least 75% of the Net Rentable Area of
the Leased Premises, or (iii) Tenant does not have the Required Credit Rating (as defined below). Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that it has the Required Credit Rating. 
  
 9.02. Surrender Option for 18th Floor Space. If the 18th Floor Space shall not have previously been removed from the Leased Premises pursuant to the Swap Option under Article 10 or the Contraction Option under Section 12.02, Tenant shall have the right (the
“Surrender Option”), to be exercised by Tenant’s statement in Tenant’s Exercise Notice, to exclude the 18th Floor Space from the Leased Premises for the Second Extended Term. If Tenant shall timely fail to exercise the Surrender Option in Tenant’s Exercise Notice, the Surrender Option shall be deemed waived and shall be of no further
force or effect. If Tenant exercises the Surrender Option, then upon the expiration of the Extended Term (i.e., February 28, 2017), the Leased Premises shall cease to include the 18th Floor Space, and Tenant shall vacate and surrender the 18th Floor Space in the condition required under the Lease. Any failure by Tenant to timely surrender and vacate the 18th Floor Space to Landlord on or before such date shall constitute a holdover as to which the provisions of Section 8.01 of the Lease shall apply as though such Section referred solely to the
18th Floor Space. If Tenant shall timely and validly exercise the Surrender Option in accordance with this
Section 9.02, the foregoing changes in the Leased Premises shall be self-operative without the need for further action by the parties, but in confirmation thereof the parties shall execute and deliver an amendment to the Lease confirming the
exercise of the Surrender Option for the 18th Floor Space, the deletion of the 18th Floor Space from the Leased Premises (including in Exhibit A), and a restatement of the remaining Net Rentable Area of the Leased Premises,
and the Tenant’s Proportionate Share, all reflecting the remaining Leased Premises as of the commencement of the Second Extended Term. 
  
 9.03. Rent During Second Extended Term. The Net Rent for the Leased Premises during the Second Extended Term shall be the Fair Market Net Rent for
the Leased Premises for the Second Extended Term. The Fair Market Net Rent shall be determined by Landlord with notice given to Tenant no later than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the commencement of the Second Extended Term subject
to the Tenant’s right to demand appraisal pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.01. Failure on the part of the Landlord to give such notice in a timely manner shall not vitiate the right to require an adjustment of the Net Rent, but
within thirty (30) days after the determination of the Net Rent for the Second Extended Term the parties shall make appropriate adjustments (if any) for any underpayment or overpayment retroactive to the commencement of the Second Extended
Term. Failure on the part of Tenant to demand appraisal within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice from Landlord of Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Net Rent shall constitute a waiver of Tenant’s right to demand appraisal,
and shall bind Tenant to the Fair Market Net Rent as determined by Landlord. If Tenant elects to exercise its right to demand appraisal and if the appraisal process shall not have been concluded prior to the Second Extended Term, then
Landlord’s estimate of the Fair Market Net Rent shall be temporarily applicable for purposes of determining Tenant’s obligation to pay 

  

 50 

 
the Net Rent. However, once the new rate is in fact agreed upon or determined pursuant to Section 7.01, if it is higher or lower than the rate paid by
Tenant during the period such rate should have been in effect, then Landlord or Tenant (as the case may be) shall pay to the other party, within ten (10) days after agreement upon or determination of the new rate, an amount sufficient to result
in Landlord’s having been paid rental at the new rate from the commencement of the portion of the term during which such rate was to have been in effect, together with the interest at the so-called Prime Rate of interest with respect to any
portion of such rent not paid when due because of the operation of this paragraph, from the date payment was due to the date paid. 
  
 9.04. Lease Continues in Effect. From and after commencement of any Second Extended Term hereunder, all of the other terms, covenants and
conditions of this Lease shall apply, and reference to the Term shall thereafter be deemed to include the Second Extended Term, except that the Net Rent shall be revised by an amendment to the Lease to reflect any adjustment in the Net Rent, and
from and after the commencement of the Second Extended Term, Tenant shall have no further right to extend the Term. 
  
 ARTICLE 10 
  
 SWAP OPTION 
  
 10.01. The Swap. Tenant
shall have the option (the “Swap Option”) to decrease the leased premises under the 222 Berkeley Lease and increase the Leased Premises under the 500 Boylston Lease, subject to and solely in accordance with the terms expressly set
forth in this Article 10. If Tenant wishes to exercise the Swap Option, Tenant shall deliver notice of its exercise of the Swap Option in a notice delivered to the 222 Berkeley Landlord and the 500 Boylston Landlord on or before August 1, 2005
(the “Swap Exercise Notice”). Time is of the essence in the timely exercise of the Swap Option. If Tenant fails to timely exercise the Swap Option by such date strictly in accordance with this Section 10.01, then Tenant shall
be deemed to have irrevocably waived the Swap Option and this Article 10 shall have no further force or effect. Tenant’s exercise of the Swap Option shall be irrevocable and unconditional. If Tenant provides an exercise notice that purports to
condition the exercise of the Swap Option, to change the terms of the Swap Option as set forth below, or to exercise the Swap Option only in part (except as expressly provided below), such exercise notice shall be invalid and without force or
effect. 
  
 10.02. Effect of the Swap. If Tenant shall
timely and validly deliver the Swap Exercise Notice in accordance with Section 10.01, then all of the following shall occur, in each case effective as of 12:01 a.m. on January 1, 2009 (the “Swap Date”): 
  

	 	(a)	the portions of the leased premises located on floors 8, 9, and 11 (containing a total of 58,165 square feet of Net Rentable Area), subject to clause (h) below, at the 222
Berkeley Building shall cease to be part of the leased premises under the 222 Berkeley Lease for all purposes, 

  

	 	(b)	 the 18th Floor Space in the 500
Boylston Building (the “Surrendered Space”) (containing 15,694 square feet of Net Rentable Area) shall cease 

  

 51 

	 	 
to be part of the Leased Premises under the 500 Boylston Lease, and the floor sheet for the Surrendered Space shall be deemed deleted from
Exhibit A to the 500 Boylston Lease, 

  

	 	(c)	the entire leaseable area on Floor 3 and Floor 4 of the 500 Boylston Building (containing a total of 99,441 square feet of Net Rentable Area) as shown on Exhibit A-3 attached
hereto (collectively, the “New 500 Boylston Space”) shall be added to the Leased Premises under the 500 Boylston Lease; provided, however, that (subject to clause (h) below) if Tenant so elects in the Swap Exercise
Notice, the New 500 Boylston Space shall consist solely of the entire leaseable area on Floor 4 of the 500 Boylston Building (containing a total of 50,467 square feet of Net Rentable Area). Tenant’s lease of the New 500 Boylston Space shall be
on all of the same terms and conditions from time to time applicable to the Leased Premises under the 500 Boylston Lease as amended hereby for the Extended Term. On or after October 1, 2008 through the Swap Date (“Early Access
Period”), Tenant may enter the New 500 Boylston Space for purposes of performing tenant work and installing its equipment and furnishings in such space (subject to the provisions of Section 4.06 and all other provisions of the Lease),
and such early access shall be on all of the terms of the Lease except for the obligation to pay Gross Rent. During the Early Access Period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the costs of electricity or other services actually used by Tenant during such
period. If Tenant exercises the Swap Option solely for Floor 4, then Landlord shall fill in the opening in the floor slab where the internal connecting stairs currently exist between Floors 3 and 4, and Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably
coordinate the timing of such work with Tenant’s work on Floor 4 during the Early Access Period, 

  

	 	(d)	certain spaces in the 222 Berkeley Building that are adjacent to the New 500 Boylston Space as outlined as the “Additional Adjacent Spaces” in the Fourth Amendment to the
222 Berkeley Lease, comprising (i) 609 square feet of Net Rentable Area on Floor 4, and (ii) only if Floor 3 is part of the New 500 Boylston Space, 480 square feet of Net Rentable Area on Floor 3, shall be added to and become
part of the leased premises under the 222 Berkeley Lease, 

  

	 	(e)	the number of parking spaces available to Tenant under Section 12.01 of the 500 Boylston Lease shall be proportionately increased (in the ratio that the Net Rentable Area of
the Leased Premises after the Swap Option is effected bears to the Net Rentable Area of the Leased Premises immediately before the Swap Option is effected), which increased number of spaces shall thereafter be subject to the provisions of
Section 12.01 of the 500 Boylston Lease, 

  

	 	(f)	 if the New 500 Boylston Space comprises both Floor 3 and Floor 4 under clause (c) above, then the last sentence in the definition of “Tenant’s

  

 52 

	 	 
Proportionate Share” in the Basic Lease Information section of the Lease shall be amended to provide that, effective as of the Swap Date, the percentage
specified therein shall be changed to “25.53%” and the following definitions in the Basic Lease Information section of the 500 Boylston Lease shall be amended as follows: 

  

			
	Leased Premises:	  	56,142 square feet on Floor 5,
	 	  	50,467 square feet on Floor 4, and
	 	  	48,974 square feet on Floor 3,
	 	  	all as shown on Exhibit A, of the Building
	 	  	located on the Land described in Exhibit A-1
		
	Net Rentable Area:	  	155,583 square feet

  
 Effective as of the
Swap Date, Net Rent (per square foot of Net Rentable Area per annum) during the Extended Term for the respective portions of the Leased Premises on the following floors: 
  

				
	 	  	Floors 3, 4, 5

	 Swap Date through February 29, 2012:
	  	$	13.50
	 March 1, 2012 through February 28, 2017:
	  	$	15.00

  

	 	(g)	if the New 500 Boylston Space comprises only Floor 4 under clause (c) above, then the last sentence in the definition of “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” in the
Basic Lease Information section of the Lease shall be amended to provide that, effective as of the Swap Date, the percentage specified therein shall be changed to “17.49%” and the following definitions in the Basic Lease Information
section of the 500 Boylston Lease shall be amended as follows: 

  

			
	Leased Premises:	  	56,142 square feet on Floor 5, and
	 	  	50,467 square feet on Floor 4,
	 	  	all as shown on Exhibit A, of the Building
	 	  	located on the Land described in Exhibit A-1
		
	Net Rentable Area:	  	106,609 square feet

  
 Effective as of the
Swap Date, Net Rent (per square foot of Net Rentable Area per annum) during the Extended Term for the respective portions of the Leased Premises on the following floors: 
  

				
	 	  	Floors 4 and 5

	 Swap Date through February 29, 2012:
	  	$	13.50
	 March 1, 2012 through February 28, 2017:
	  	$	15.00

  

 53 

 and 
  

	 	(h)	Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant so elects in the Swap Exercise Notice, the surrendered space under the 222 Berkeley Lease shall include floors 7, 8, 9, and 11 in the 222
Berkeley Building (containing a total of 77,614 square feet of Net Rentable Area), in which event (1) the New 500 Boylston Space shall consist of the entire leaseable area on Floors 3 and 4 of the 500 Boylston Building (containing a total of
99,441 square feet of Net Rentable Area) (i.e., Tenant shall have not have the right to elect to lease only Floor 4 of the 500 Boylston Building as the New 500 Boylston Space under the proviso in clause (c) above) and (2) the
provisions of Section 10.02(f) above shall apply. 

  
 If Tenant shall timely and validly deliver the Swap Exercise Notice in accordance with Section 10.01, the foregoing changes in the Leased Premises shall be self-operative without the need for further action by the parties, but in
confirmation thereof the parties shall execute and deliver an amendment to the Lease confirming the exercise of the Swap Option and the adjustments to the Leased Premises provided for herein. If the Swap Option is exercised, on or before the Swap
Date, Tenant shall surrender and vacate the Surrendered Space to Landlord in the condition required under Section 4.06 of the Lease (including, without limitation, the performance by Tenant of the restoration work described in Paragraph
2(c)(vii) of the Assignment). Any failure by Tenant to timely surrender and vacate the Surrendered Space to Landlord on or before the Swap Date shall constitute a holdover as to which the provisions of Section 8.01 of the Lease shall apply as
though such Section referred solely to the Surrendered Space. 
  
 ARTICLE 11 
  
 LETTER OF CREDIT 

 
 11.01. Letter of Credit. On or before September 17, 2005,
Tenant shall provide to Landlord a clean, irrevocable letter of credit (together with any renewal or replacement thereof in accordance herewith, the “Letter of Credit”) in the Original Amount (as defined below) as security for the
performance of the obligations of Tenant under the Lease, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 11. Any Letter of Credit delivered hereunder shall comply with the requirements of Article 11. Tenant’s failure to
timely provide such Letter of Credit to Landlord shall constitute an Event of Default under the Lease. 
  

	 	(a)	Original Amount. Tenant shall provide the Letter of Credit in the initial amount (“Original Amount”) equal to $730,365.00. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
(i) if Tenant exercises the Swap Option applicable under Section 10.02(f), the Original Amount shall equal $1,460,013.00; (ii) if Tenant exercises the Swap Option applicable under Section 10.02(g), the Original Amount shall equal
$1,167,088.00; and (iii) if Tenant exercises the Swap Option applicable under Section 10.02(h), the Original Amount shall equal $1,546,882.00. 

  

 54 

	 	(b)	Future Reductions. If no Event of Default exists under the Lease, and no event or condition then exists which with notice and the passage of time would give rise to such a
default, then if Tenant has the Required Credit Rating on or after June 30, 2008, Tenant may reduce the amount of the Letter of Credit to zero, provided that such reduction shall not occur if within the preceding eighteen months Landlord has
validly drawn on the Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof. If Tenant complies with such requirements and provides Landlord with reasonable evidence thereof, Landlord shall provide such confirmation or acknowledgement as Tenant may
reasonably request to effect the cancellation of the Letter of Credit. As used herein, the “Required Credit Rating” shall mean a senior unsecured debt rating of BBB- or better as determined by Standard & Poors (or, if such credit
rating agency does not then exist, by its successor or a comparable replacement credit rating agency reasonably designated by Landlord) for the immediately preceding six (6) consecutive calendar quarters. 

  
 11.02. Requirements. The Letter of Credit (i) shall be
irrevocable and shall be issued by a commercial bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord that has an office in Boston, Massachusetts, New York City or other location in the continental United States reasonably acceptable to Landlord that accepts
requests for draws on the Letter of Credit, (ii) shall require only the presentation to the issuer of a certificate of the holder of the Letter of Credit stating that Landlord is entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms of
the Lease, (iii) shall be payable to Landlord or its successors in interest as the Landlord and shall be freely transferable without cost (other than a nominal processing charge not exceeding $250) to any such successor or any lender holding a
collateral assignment of Landlord’s interest in the Lease, (iv) shall be for an initial term of not less than one year and contain a provision that such term shall be automatically renewed for successive one-year periods unless the issuer
shall, at least forty five (45) days prior to the scheduled expiration date, give Landlord notice of such nonrenewal, and (v) shall either be in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit D or be in form and substance reasonably
acceptable to Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of the Letter of Credit for the final period shall be for a term ending not earlier than the date thirty (30) days after the last day of the Term. 
  
 Landlord shall be entitled to draw upon the Letter of Credit for its full
amount or any portion thereof if (a) Tenant shall be in default or fail to perform any of its obligations under the Lease after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, or be in default or fail to perform any of its obligations
under the Lease and transmittal of a default notice is barred by applicable law, or fail to perform any of its obligations under the Lease and any applicable notice and cure period would expire after the expiration of the Letter of Credit, or
(b) not less than thirty (30) days before the scheduled expiration of the Letter of Credit, Tenant has not delivered to Landlord a new Letter of Credit in accordance with this Schedule. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, draw on the Letter of Credit from time to time in the event of a bankruptcy filing by or against Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord, in such order as Landlord may determine, for all or any part of any
unpaid rent, any damages arising from any termination of the Lease in accordance with its terms, and/or any damages arising from any rejection of the Lease in a bankruptcy proceeding commenced by 

  

 55 

 
or against Tenant. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, apply the amount so drawn to the extent necessary to cure Tenant’s failure. 

 
 Any amount of the Letter of Credit drawn in excess of the amount applied
by the Landlord to cure any such failure shall be held by the Landlord as a cash security deposit for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under the Lease. Any cash security deposit may be mingled with other funds of the Landlord, and no
fiduciary relationship shall be created with respect to such deposit, nor shall the Landlord be liable to pay Tenant interest thereon. If Tenant shall fail to perform any of its obligations under this Lease after the giving of any applicable notice
and the expiration of any applicable grace or cure period, or be in default or fail to perform any of its obligations under the Lease and transmittal of a default notice is barred by applicable law, Landlord may, but shall not be obliged to, apply
the cash security deposit to the extent necessary to cure Tenant’s failure. After any such application by the Landlord of the Letter of Credit or cash security deposit, as the case may be, Tenant shall reinstate the Letter of Credit to the
amount originally required to be maintained under the Lease, within ten (10) days after Landlord gives Tenant notice of such application (and after such a reinstatement of the Letter of Credit, any unapplied cash security deposit shall be
returned to Tenant). Provided that Tenant is not then in default under the Lease, and no condition exists or event has occurred which after the expiration of any applicable notice or cure period would constitute such a default, within thirty
(30) days after the expiration or sooner termination of the Term the Letter of Credit and any cash security deposit, to the extent not applied, shall be returned to the Tenant, without interest. 
  
 In the event of a sale of the Building or lease, conveyance or transfer of
the Building, Landlord shall transfer its interest in the Letter of Credit or cash security deposit to the transferee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be responsible for such transfer of the Letter of
Credit to a transferee until such transfer has been completed. Upon such transfer, the transferring Landlord shall be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of such security, and Tenant agrees to look to the transferee solely for the
return of said security. The provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the security to such a transferee. Tenant further covenants that it will not assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber the Letter of Credit
or the monies deposited herein as security, and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. 
  
 ARTICLE 12 
  
 ADDITIONAL OPTIONS 
  
 12.01. Parking. Effective as of October 1, 2008, Tenant shall
have the right to park in the garage located within the Building a total of fourteen (14) automobiles. If Tenant relinquishes any of such parking rights during the Term, Tenant shall no longer have a right to the parking relinquished and may
obtain future parking solely upon a space-available basis. Rates charged by Landlord or its operator for such parking shall be the prevailing market rate for parking in such location as established by Landlord or its operator from time to time,
which shall not unreasonably exceed (as determined by Landlord in its reasonable business judgment) the average parking rates in comparable first class office buildings in Boston, and in no event shall 

  

 56 

 
such rates be increased more than once in any calendar year. Tenant’s right to use of the parking shall be subject to (i) timely payment of the
parking rate as established from time to time, (ii) such further rules and regulations as Landlord or its operator may establish from time to time, and (iii) all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. 
  
 Tenant shall encourage these spaces to be used by Multi-rider vehicles. A 10%
discount will be provided on monthly parking rates for all registered carpools and vanpools. 
  
 12.02. Contraction Option. If Tenant does not exercise the Swap Option under Article 10 above, then Tenant shall have the option (the “500 Contraction Option”) to exclude the entire
18th Floor Space from the Leased Premises under the 500 Boylston Lease effective as of the end of day on
February 28, 2007 (the “Contraction Date”). If Tenant wishes to exercise the 500 Contraction Option, Tenant shall deliver notice of its exercise of the 500 Contraction Option to the 500 Boylston Landlord on or before
December 31, 2005 (the “500 Contraction Exercise Notice”). Time is of the essence in the timely exercise of the 500 Contraction Option. If Tenant fails to timely exercise the 500 Contraction Option by such date strictly in
accordance with this Section 12.02, then Tenant shall be deemed to have irrevocably waived the 500 Contraction Option and this Section 12.02 shall have no further force or effect. Tenant’s exercise of the 500 Contraction Option shall
be irrevocable and unconditional. If Tenant provides an exercise notice that purports to condition the exercise of the 500 Contraction Option, to change the terms of the 500 Contraction Option as set forth herein, or to exercise the 500 Contraction
Option only in part, such exercise notice shall be invalid and without force or effect. If Tenant shall timely and validly deliver the 500 Contraction Exercise Notice in accordance with this Section 12.02, effective as of the Contraction Date
the entire 18th Floor Space shall cease to be part of the Leased Premises under the 500 Boylston Lease for all
purposes, and the floor sheets for the 18th Floor Space shall be deemed deleted from Exhibit A to the
500 Boylston Lease. Such exclusion of the 18th Floor Space from the Leased Premises shall be self-operative without
the need for further action by the parties, but in confirmation thereof the parties shall execute and deliver an amendment to the Lease confirming the exercise of the 500 Contraction Option and the adjustments to the Leased Premises provided for
herein. If the 500 Contraction Option is exercised, then Tenant shall surrender and vacate the 18th Floor Space to
Landlord on the Contraction Date in the condition required under Section 4.06 of the Lease. Any failure by Tenant to timely surrender and vacate the 18th Floor Space to Landlord on or before the Contraction Date shall constitute a holdover as to which the provisions of Section 8.01 of the Lease shall apply as though such Section referred solely to
the 18th Floor Space. 
  
 12.03. Antenna or Satellite Dish. Tenant shall have the right to install an antenna, a satellite dish, or both, on the roof of the Building,
subject to (i) the availability of space for the installation of such antenna or satellite dish, (ii) the obtaining of all permits and approvals from governmental authorities required for such installation at Tenant’s expense, and
(iii) the approval of Landlord after submission to Landlord of plans and specifications therefor describing in sufficient detail the nature of the antenna or satellite dish which Tenant wishes to install and the manner of its proposed
installation, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by Landlord. It shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to such installation if Landlord determines that the installation of such antenna or satellite
dish would damage the aesthetic appearance of the Building from street level or any public open space, interfere with sight lines from any portion of the Project, or interfere in any manner with 

  

 57 

 
antennas, satellite dishes or other structures then existing on the roof of the Building. The installation of any such antenna and/or satellite dish shall be
done at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, but, at the option of Landlord, the installation shall be effected by Landlord at the reasonable cost and expense of Tenant. To the extent that the installation will be undertaken directly by Tenant, the
method of installation, the materials to be used and the contractors to be performing the work shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and the installation shall be performed in
accordance with the provisions of Section 4.06 hereof. Tenant shall pay as a part of Gross Rent an amount equal to the fair market rent, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable business judgment, for the space utilized in connection with
such antenna or satellite dish for any period in which the same is maintained on the roof of the Building. 
  
 12.04. Exhibits. The Exhibits listed in the Schedule of Exhibits are incorporated in this Lease by reference and are to be construed as part
hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE 13 
  
 DEFINITIONS 
  
 13.01. Definitions. Terms used herein shall have the following
meanings: 
  
 “Additional Rent”
shall mean all monetary obligations of Tenant hereunder, other than the obligation for payment of Gross Rent. 
  
 “Basic Services” shall mean the services described in Section 3.01 hereof. 
  
 “Buildable Area” shall mean the Net
Rentable Area of the Leased Premises in question less the portion of such Net Rentable Area attributable to Building Common Areas and Common Areas. 
  
 “Building” shall mean the 25-story building (consisting of a 6-story low-rise portion, a 19-story high-rise
portion and 3 levels of parking space below grade) located on the Land, and comprising the Office Section, the Commercial Section and common areas such as mechanical rooms, elevator machine rooms, loading dock facilities, janitor and utility rooms,
electrical and communication closets and similar facilities. 
  
 “Building Common Areas” shall mean all areas of the Building servicing more than one floor of the Building as a whole, including, but not limited to central mechanical rooms, elevator machine rooms,
pump rooms, loading dock facilities, electrical and communication rooms, postal, security and janitorial facilities and the public spaces (and if any such area is bordered by any demising wall which abuts any space that is leasable, such area shall
be measured from the midpoint of such demising wall), but excluding General Common Areas and the parking garage forming part of the Building. 
  
 “Building Standard Improvements” shall mean the level of Tenant Improvements described in Exhibit B.

  
 “Business Hours” shall mean
8 A.M. to 6 P.M. on Business Days. 
  

 58 

 “Business Days” shall mean Monday through Friday excluding Building
holidays. 
  
 “Commercial
Section” shall mean that portion of the Building dedicated to commercial and retail uses and not included in the Office Section. 
  
 “Common Areas” shall mean all areas on the particular floor of the Building devoted to uses such as corridors, lobbies,
fire vestibules, elevator foyers, service elevator receiving areas, mailrooms, electric and communication closets and other similar facilities for the benefit of all tenant(s) or invitees on that particular floor. 
  
 “Comparable Buildings in Downtown Boston”
shall mean comparable first-class, high-rise office buildings in the Back Bay or financial districts of Boston. 
  
 “Estimated Impositions” for any calendar year shall mean Landlord’s estimate of Impositions for such calendar year.

  
 “Estimated Operating Cost”
for any calendar year shall mean Landlord’s estimate of Operating Cost for such calendar year. 
  
 “Event of Default” shall have the meaning attributed to it in Section 6.01. 
  
 “Fair Market Net Rent” shall mean, subject
to the last sentence herein, the annual rental value, net of Operating Cost and Impositions, of the space in question, as determined by reference to comparable space being offered for rent or recently rented in the Building or incomparable buildings
in Boston, Massachusetts, in each case taking into consideration the following factors related to the Leased Premises: floor level, tenant improvements, proposed term of lease, extent of service provided or to be provided, the lack of a brokerage
commission applicable to the transaction, the time the particular rate under consideration became or is to become effective, the location of the Building, the reputation of the Building, including its ownership and management, and any other relevant
terms or conditions (but specifically excluding the fact that Tenant will not incur moving expenses). With respect to the determination of Fair Market Net Rent for the Second Extended Term, all inducements which would otherwise be offered
(excluding, however, the residual value of any Tenant Alterations to the extent paid for by Tenant which are in the nature of capital improvements rather than normal maintenance or repairs), giving due regard to the factors cited above, shall be
considered, but shall be factored into an equation to arrive at a rental figure, net of such inducements, unless otherwise agreed by Landlord and Tenant. 
  
 “Force Majeure” shall mean any circumstance beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, including, without limitation,
acts of God, acts of the public enemy, governmental interference, court orders, requisition or orders of governmental bodies or authorities, requirements under any statute, law, rule, regulation or similar requirements of a governmental authority
which shall be enacted or shall arise following the date of this Lease, inability to obtain labor, insurrection, riot, civil commotion, lock-out or any other unforeseeable event. (other than the inability to obtain financing), the occurrence of
which would prevent or preclude Landlord from fully and completely carrying out and performing its obligations under this Lease. 
  

 59 

 “General Common Areas” shall mean those areas forming part of the
Building and devoted to non-exclusive uses which are not measured, including, but not limited to, walkways, arcades and all landscaped areas (including pools and fountains). General Common Areas shall not include any portion of the parking garage
forming part of the Building. 
  
 “Gross
Rent” shall mean, for each year of the Term, the sum of Net Rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Estimated Operating Cost and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Estimated Impositions. 
  
 “Impositions” shall have the meaning given
in Section 2.05. 
  
 “Impositions
Adjustment” for any calendar year shall mean the amount of the Impositions in excess of or less than the amount of Estimated Impositions. 
  
 “Land” shall mean the parcel of real property owned by the Landlord, located in the City of Boston, Suffolk County,
Massachusetts, and bounded in part by Clarendon and Boylston Streets and St. James Avenue and more specifically described in Exhibit A-1 attached hereto. 
  
 “Landlord Responsible Parties” shall mean all agents, servants, employees, contractors and
business invitees of Landlord (but excluding other tenants of the Project and their agents, servants, employees, contractors, licensees and business invitees). 
  

“Leased Premises” shall mean the floor area more particularly shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, containing
the Net Rentable Area specified on the Basic Lease Information sheet. 
  
 “Loading Docks” shall mean the loading dock facilities serving the Project. 
  
 “Mortgage” shall mean any and all institutional mortgages securing indebtedness for money borrowed by Landlord or
indebtedness for the refinancing of any such indebtedness, including all amendments and modifications thereto, from time to time, provided any such mortgage encumbers all or any portion of the Building, and provided further that with respect to any
Mortgage held by an affiliate of Landlord the indebtedness secured thereby is actually debt financing for the Building (which may, however, include an associated equity component), and the mortgage instrument reflects terms consistent with an
“arms length” transaction. Any reference to “Mortgage” and “Mortgagee” herein shall include a sale and leaseback and the grantee-lessor of a sale and leaseback used for financing purposes as limited hereby. 

 
 “Net Rent” shall mean the amount set
forth on the Basic Lease Information sheet, as adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Lease. 
  

 60 

 “Net Rentable Area” shall mean the area or areas of the space within the
Building determined as follows: 
  

	 	(a)	Net Rentable Area on a single tenancy floor shall consist of: 

  
 (i) the area determined by measuring from the inside surface of the outer glass of each exterior wall (and extensions of the plane
thereof in non-glass areas) to the inside surface of the outer glass on opposite exterior wall (and extensions of the plane thereof in non-glass areas) and shall include all areas within the outside walls, but shall exclude vertical penetrations,
including without implied limitation fire stairs, elevator shafts, flues, vents, stacks, and Building Common Areas on the floor; plus 
  
 (ii) Tenant’s Allocation of Building Common Areas; 
  

	 	(b)	Net Rentable Area for a multi-tenancy floor shall consist of: 

  
 (x) all space within the demising walls (measured from the mid-point of the demising walls; and in the case of exterior walls, measured
as defined in (i) above); plus 
  
 (y)
Tenant’s Allocation of Building Common Areas; plus 
  
 (z) Tenant’s Floor Share of all Common Areas. 
  
 No deductions from Net Rentable Area shall be made for columns or projections necessary to the Building, or for vertical penetrations
which are for the specific use of Tenant (such as, but not limited to, special elevators or stairs, mechanical and electrical facilities and air conditioning equipment). The Net Rentable Area of the Leased Premises has been calculated on the basis
of the foregoing definition and is hereby stipulated for all purposes hereof to be the amount, expressed in terms of square feet, stated on the Basic Lease Information sheet. 
  
 “Office Section” shall mean that portion of the Building dedicated to office uses.

  
 “Operating Cost” shall have
the meaning given in Section 2.04. 
  
 “Operating Cost Adjustment” for any calendar year shall mean the amount of Operating Cost in excess of or less than the amount of Estimated Operating Cost. 
  
 “Parking Section” shall mean the three (3) levels of below-grade parking located in
the Project, excluding however any Common Areas or Project Common Areas. 
  
 “Permitted Use” shall mean, with respect to the Leased Premises, corporate, executive and professional office use and all uses accessory thereto as permitted by law in the Leased Premises of a kind
appropriate in a building of the type and quality of the Building; provided, however, that Permitted Use shall not include (a) offices of any agency or bureau of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof;(b) offices or
agencies of any foreign government or political subdivision thereof; (c) offices of any health care professionals or service organization which include patient or client treatment or other on-premises services; (d) schools or other
training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use (excluding, however, the executive offices of such schools or training facilities which are otherwise consistent with the use of the Building as a first
class office building in Boston); (e) retail or restaurant uses (except in the Commercial Section and except for facilities limited to the exclusive use of Tenant’s employees and other Tenant Responsible Parties); (f) radio,
television and/or recording studios, or like uses; (g) employment agencies 

  

 61 

 
(excluding, however, the executive offices of such employment agencies which otherwise are consistent with the use of the Building as a first class office
building in Boston); or (h) any use or activity which is inconsistent with the use of the Building as a first class office building in Boston, creates a fire hazard or would cause Landlord’s insurance rate to be increased. 
  
 “Prime Rate” shall mean the prime rate of
interest from time to time published in the Wall Street Journal (or, if the same is no longer published, in a comparable national financial publication reasonably designated by Landlord). 
  
 “Project” shall mean the Building together
with the building commonly known as 222 Berkeley Street and located on the parcel of land described in Exhibit A-2. 
  
 “Project Operational Common Areas” shall mean those areas of the Project located outside of the Building which service,
in whole or in part, the Building, including, but not limited to central mechanical rooms and loading dock facilities. 
  
 “Project Non-Operational Common Areas” shall mean those areas of the Project devoted to non-exclusive uses which tenants
of the Building have a right to use in common with other tenants of the Project, including, but not limited to, walkways, courtyards and landscaped areas. 
  
 “Project Common Areas” shall mean the “Project Operational Common Areas” and the “Project Non-operational
Common Areas”. 
  
 “Rent”
shall mean Gross Rent and Additional Rent. 
  
 “Sublease” (and “sublet” and similar terms) shall include any sublease, underletting at any level, tenancy, concession, license, franchise or other arrangement providing for the use or occupancy of all or any
portion of the Leased Premises. For purposes of Section 4.05, a sublease or assignment shall be deemed to further include a transfer or sale of a controlling interest in Tenant if such transaction is primarily designed to transfer the
beneficial leasehold interest herein without transferring other material assets or business of Tenant. 
  
 “Tenant Affiliate” shall mean a person or entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant,
or an entity into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated or to which substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred. 
  
 “Tenant’s Allocation” shall mean an area determined by multiplying the total square footage of the Building Common
Areas by the ratio of the Net Rentable Area of the Leased Premises (excluding any allocation of Building Common Areas) to the Net Rentable Area of the Office Section (excluding only the Building Common Areas). 
  
 “Tenant Alterations” shall mean any
alterations or physical additions to the Leased Premises, together with any painting or decorating of the fire stairwells to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 4.06 hereof and any antenna or satellite dish installed pursuant to
Section 12.03 hereof. 
  

 62 

 “Tenant Extra Improvements” shall mean all Tenant Improvements in excess
of the level represented by the Building Standard Improvements set forth in Exhibit B. 
  
 “Tenant Improvements” shall mean all tenant improvements in the Leased Premises including any Tenant Alterations.

  
 “Tenant’s Floor Share”
shall mean the ratio of Tenant’s Buildable Area to the aggregate Buildable Area on Tenant’s floor. 
  
 “Tenant’s Personal Property” shall mean all of the furnishings, fixtures, equipment, effects and personal property
of every kind, nature and description of Tenant and of all persons claiming by, through and under Tenant which, during the continuance of this Lease or any occupancy of the Leased Premises by Tenant or anyone claiming under Tenant may be on the
Leased Premises or else where in the Building. 
  
 “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” is specified on the Basic Lease Information sheet. 
  
 “Tenant Responsible Parties” shall mean all agents, servants, employees, contractors, licensees and business invitees of
Tenant. 
  
 “Term” shall mean a
period of calendar years, or fractions thereof, commencing with the Term Commencement Date and ending on the Term Expiration Date stated on the Basic Lease Information sheet, as the same may be extended from time to time. 
  
 “Term Commencement Date” shall mean the
date when the Term commences as set forth on the Basic Lease Information Sheet. 
  
 “Term Expiration Date” shall mean the date specified on the Basic Lease Information sheet when the Term shall end, unless
sooner terminated or extended pursuant to the terms of this Lease. 
  
 “Total Leased Net Rentable Area” shall mean the sum of the Net Rentable Area leased to all Office Section tenants over the course of a year, determined on the basis of a weighted averaging of the sum
of the Net Rentable Area leased to all Office Section tenants on each day of that year. 
  
 Other terms used on the Basic Lease Information sheet which is a part of this Lease, or elsewhere in this Lease, shall have the meaning given them thereon and herein. 
  
 Signatures on next page. 
  

 63 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as a sealed instrument as of the day and
year first above written. 
  

									
	“Landlord”
	
	 FIVE HUNDRED BOYLSTON WEST VENTURE
 a Joint Venture

		
	 By:
	 	Boylston West 1986 Associates Limited Partnership, Venturer
			
	 	 	 By:
	 	GDHI Limited Partnership, General Partner
				
	 	 	 	 	 By:
	 	 Hines Consolidated Investments,
 Inc.,
General Partner

					
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 By:
	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 Jeffrey C. Hines
 Senior Executive
 Vice President

	
	 “Tenant”

	
	 HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY, a
 Massachusetts corporation

		
	 By:
	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

 64 

 EXHIBIT A 
  

Floor Plan 
  

 65 

  
 EXHIBIT A 

 
 

 

  
 EXHIBIT A 

 
 

 

  
 EXHIBIT A-1

  
 Description of Land 
 (500 Boylston) 
  
 That certain parcel of land on the south side of Boylston Street, the east side of Clarendon Street and the north side of St. James Avenue in Boston, Suffolk County,
Massachusetts, along with all buildings and other improvements thereon, shown as Lot A on a plan of land entitled “500 Boylston Street Subdivision Plan of Land in Boston, MA, Suffolk County” dated 21 January 1986, revised
27 February 1986, by Survey Engineers of Boston and recorded with Suffolk Deeds at the end of Book 12397, which parcel is bounded and described according to the plan as follows: 
  
 Beginning at the northwest corner of the premises at the southeasterly corner of the intersection of Boylston and Clarendon
Streets; thence running 
  
 NORTH 69 45’00” EAST by
Boylston Street, 322.37 feet; thence 
  
 SOUTH 20
15’00” EAST by land formerly of the Mill Dam Trust and of New England Mutual Life Insurance Company, 249.97 feet to St. James Avenue; thence 
  
 SOUTH 69 44’51” WEST by St. James Avenue, 322.34 feet to the northeast corner of the intersection of St. James Avenue and Clarendon Street;
thence 
  
 NORTH 20 15’31” WEST by Clarendon Street,
249.98 feet to the point of beginning. 
  
 Containing, according
to the plan, 80,581 square feet of land, more or less. 
  
 Included within the above-described parcel are three parcels of registered land bounded and described as follows: 
  
 NORTHERLY by the southerly line of Boylston Street, 28.30 feet; 
  

EASTERLY by land formerly of the Mill Dam Trust, 125 feet; 
  
 SOUTHERLY by land formerly of New England Mutual Life Insurance Company, 28.30 feet; and 
  
 WESTERLY by land formerly of New England Mutual Life Insurance Company, 125 feet. 
  
 This first registered parcel is shown on a plan drawn by Survey Engineers of
Boston and filed with the Engineering Office of the Land Court in Boston. Massachusetts as Plan No. 2025B, being a subdivision of the land described in Suffolk Registry District Certificate of Title No. 94648 in Registration Book 469, Page
48. For Landlord’s title, see Book 12524, Page 230. 
  
 Second Registered Parcel 
  
 That certain parcel of land
situated in said Boston, bounded and described as follows: 
  
 NORTHWESTERLY by the southeasterly line of Boylston Street, 24 feet; 
  

 68 

 NORTHEASTERLY by land now or formerly of Andrews D. Maclachlan, the line running in part through the
middle of a party wall, 125 feet; 
  
 SOUTHEASTERLY by land of
New England Mutual Life Insurance Company, 24 feet; and 
  
 SOUTHWESTERLY by land now or formerly of Frederick Ayer, the line running in part through a party wall, 125 feet. 
  
 All of said boundaries are determined by the Court to be located as shown on a plan drawn by Aspinwall & Lincoln, Civil Engineers, dated
May 13, 1912, as approved by the Court, filed in the Land Registration Office as Plan No. 3811A, a copy of a portion of which is filed with Certificate of Title No. 4596. 
  
 Third Registered Parcel 
  
 That certain parcel of land situated in said Boston, bounded and described as follows: 
  
 NORTHWESTERLY by the southeasterly line of Boylston Street, 72.23 feet; 
  
 NORTHEASTERLY by land now or formerly of Julius F. Fassett, the line in part
running through the middle of a 12” brick party wall, 125 feet; 
  
 SOUTHEASTERLY by land of New England Mutual Life Insurance Company, 72.23 feet; and 
  
 SOUTHWESTERLY by land now or formerly of Andrew D. Maclachlin, the line in part running through the middle of a 12” brick party wall, 125 feet. 
  
 All of said boundaries are determined by the Court to be located as shown upon plan numbered 32268A which is filed with
Certificate of Title No. 72280. 
  
 For title to the second
and third registered parcels, see Certificate of Title No. 99537 in Registration Book 493 at Page 137. 
  

 69 

  
 EXHIBIT A-2

  
 Description of Land 
 (222 Berkeley) 
  
 That certain parcel of land on the south side of Boylston Street, the west side of Berkeley Street and the north side of St. James Avenue in Boston, Suffolk County,
Massachusetts, along with all buildings and other improvements thereon, shown as Lot B on a plan of land entitled “500 Boylston Street Subdivision Plan of Land in Boston, MA, Suffolk County” dated 21 January 1986, revised
27 February 1986, by Survey Engineers of Boston and recorded with Suffolk Deeds at the end of Book 12397, which parcel is bounded and described according to the plan as follows: 
  
 Beginning at the northwest corner of the premises at the southwesterly corner of the intersection of Berkeley and Boylston
Streets; thence running 
  
 SOUTH 20 15’51” EAST by
Berkeley Street, 249.96 feet to the northwest corner of the intersection of Berkeley Street and St. James Avenue; thence 
  
 SOUTH 69 44’51” WEST by St. James Avenue, 225.73 feet; thence 
  
 NORTH 20 15’00” WEST by land formerly of the Mill Dam Trust and of New England Mutual Life Insurance Company,
249.97 feet to Boylston Street; thence 
  
 NORTH 69
45’00” EAST by Boylston Street, 225.67 feet to the point of beginning. 
  
 Containing, according to the plan, 56,415 square feet of land, more or less. 
  
 Included within the above-described parcel is a parcel of registered land bounded and described as follows: 
  
 That certain parcel of land situated in said Boston, bounded and described
as follows: 
  
 NORTHERLY by the southerly line of Boylston
Street, 20.70 feet; 
  
 EASTERLY by land formerly of the Mill Dam
Trust, 125 feet; 
  
 SOUTHERLY by land of New England Mutual Life
Insurance Company, 20.70 feet; and 
  
 WESTERLY by land formerly
of the Mill Dam Trust, 125 feet. 
  
 This registered parcel is
shown on a plan drawn by Survey Engineers of Boston and filed with the Engineering Office of the Land Court in Boston, Massachusetts as Plan No. 2025B, being a subdivision of the land described in Certificate of Title No. 94648 in Suffolk
Registration Book 469, Page 48. 
  

 70 

  
 EXHIBIT A-3

  
 New 500 Boylston Space Floor Plan 
  

 71 

  
 EXHIBIT A-3

  
 

 

  
 EXHIBIT A-3

  
 

 

  
 EXHIBIT B 

 
 Building Standard Improvements 
  
 Building Standard Improvements shall consist of: 
  

	 	A.	Partitions. 

  
 One (1) linear foot of ceiling height partition per fifteen (15) square feet of Buildable Area. All required partitions will be  5/8” gypsum board, painted with two coats of latex on 2  1/2” metal studs 24” on center, with 2  1/2” base.

  

	 	B.	Doors and Hardware. 

  
 One (1) full height, solid core, mahogany veneer door with a metal frame and lever handle latch set hardware per three hundred seventy five
(375) square feet of Buildable Area. 
  

	 	C.	Ceiling. 

  
 A 12” x 12” x  5/8” thick fissured-type mineral fiber concealed
grid acoustical ceiling throughout the Leased Premises. 
  
 or: 
  
 A 2’ x 2’ x  3/4” thick ceiling tile, Armstrong Ultima DuraBrite surface of like, set in a  9/16” bolt-slot grid system with  1/8” reveal, Armstrong Silhouette XL, throughout the Leased Premises. 
  

	 	D.	Lighting. 

  
 One (1) 2’ x 4’ recessed florescent lighting fixture with anodized aluminum parabolic shaped louvers, including initial lamping, per eighty-five (85) square feet of Buildable Area. Common Areas and
Building Common Areas on all office floors shall have lighting selected by Landlord. 
  
 or: 
  
 One (1) 2’ x
2’, 2 lamp florescent lighting fixture with anodized aluminum perforated metal light basket, and reflector, including initial lamping, per sixty-five (65) square feet of Building Area. (not to exceed 65 watts per fixture) 
  

	 	E.	Electrical Outlets. 

  
 One (1) duplex wall-mounted 1.5 amp, 120 volt convenience outlet mounted at standard locations with white plastic cover plate for each one hundred
fifty (150) square feet of Buildable Area. 
  

 74 

	 	F.	Telephone Outlets. 

  
 One (1) telephone wall outlet mounted at standard locations for each two hundred (200) square feet of Buildable Area with pull wire through the
partition. 
  

	 	G.	Floor Covering. 

  
 Building standard carpets. 
  

	 	H.	Switch. 

  
 One (1) single way light switch, rocker type, mounted at standard locations with white plastic cover plate for each three hundred seventy five (375) square feet of Buildable Area. 
  

	 	I.	Window Covering. 

  
 Horizontal aluminum one-inch slat blinds for exterior windows. 
  

	 	J.	Fire Safety Systems. 

  
 Flush ceiling mounted fire sprinkler heads to conform with Tenant partition, layout utilizing the Building Standard partition, ceiling, and lighting, for
light hazard occupancy design criteria. Up to one sprinkler head per 125 square feet of Buildable Area. Manual fire alarm pull stations, exit lights, and audio fire alarm speakers shall be provided at the Building stair doors and elevator lobbies.

  

	 	K.	HVAC. 

  
 The HVAC system for the Leased Premises to suit the aforementioned Building Standard Improvements utilizing the Building Standard lighting fixtures for air distribution. 
  

 75 

  
 EXHIBIT C 

 
 BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS 
 FOR FIVE HUNDRED BOYLSTON (THE “BUILDING”) 
  

	1.	The sidewalks, doorways, halls, stairways, vestibules and other similar areas shall not be obstructed or used for any purpose other than ingress to and egress from Tenants’
respective leased premises, and for going from one part of the Building to another part. 

  

	2.	Plumbing fixtures shall be used only for their designated purpose, and no substances of any kind shall be deposited therein which they are not designed to handle. Damage to any such
fixture resulting from misuse by any Tenant or its employees or invitees shall be repaired at the expense of such Tenant. 

  

	3.	Signs, advertisements, graphics, or notices visible in or from public corridors shall be subject to Landlord’s written approval. Nails, screws, and other attachments to the
Building require prior written consent from Landlord. Upon the removal of sign, notice or graphic from a building door or public corridor the Tenant is responsible for returning the surface to its original condition. 

  

	4.	Landlord will provide and maintain an alphabetical directory board for all office tenants of the Building in accordance with each Tenant’s lease on the first floor (main lobby)
of the Building, the size, design and location to be determined by Landlord. No other directory shall be allowed. 

  

	5.	All contractors and technicians rendering any installation service to tenants shall be subject to Landlord’s approval and supervision prior to performing services. This applies
to all work performed in the Building, including, (but not limited to) installation of telephone, telegraph equipment and electrical devices, windows, ceilings, and any other physical portion of the Building. 

  

	6.	Movement in to, inside or out of the Building of furniture, office equipment, or other bulky material which requires the use of elevators, stairways, or Building entrance and lobby
shall be restricted to hours established by Landlord. All such movements shall be restricted to the Building’s freight elevators. Pre-arrangements with Landlord should be made regarding the time, method, and routing of movement, and tenants
shall assume all risks of damages to articles moved and injury to persons or public resulting from such moves. Landlord shall not be liable for any acts or damages resulting from any such activity. 

  

	7.	Any damage to the Building by the movement of a Tenant’s property, or done by a Tenant’s property while in the Building, shall be repaired at such Tenant’s expense.

  

	8.	Landlord shall have the power to reasonably prescribe the weight and position of safes and other heavy equipment, which shall in all cases, to distribute weight, stand on supporting
devices approved by Landlord. In addition, Tenants shall obtain written approval of Landlord prior to installation or subsequent relocation of any safes or heavy equipment. Tenants shall be responsible for all costs associated with said installation
or relocation, including, but not limited to engineering analysis and structural changes. 

  

	9.	 All routine deliveries to the premises shall be made between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. weekdays (other than holidays) unless other arrangements are
approved in 

  

 76 

	 	 
advance by the Building management office, and only shall be made through the freight elevators. Passenger elevators are to be used only for the movement of
persons, unless an exception is approved by the Building management office. Courier use of passenger elevators shall be limited to Business Hours during Business Days unless otherwise approved by Landlord. Delivery hours are subject to change by
Landlord. Tenants will adhere to any peak delivery restrictions implemented by the City of Boston. Delivery personnel/companies who do not adhere to building rules can be barred from the property by the Property Manager.

  

	10.	Corridor doors shall be kept closed. 

  

	11.	Tenants shall cooperate with Landlord in maintaining their leased premises. Unless otherwise approved by Landlord office, Tenants shall not employ any person for the purpose of
cleaning the leased premises other than the Building’s cleaning and maintenance personnel. 

  

	12.	Deliveries of water, soft drinks, newspapers, or other such items to any Tenant’s leased premises shall be made only be suppliers approved by Landlord, and shall be restricted
to hours established by Landlord and made by use of the freight elevators, if Landlord so directs. 

  

	13.	Nothing shall be swept or thrown into the corridors, halls, elevator shafts, or stairways. No birds, fish, or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in, on or about any
Tenant’s leased premises. 

  

	14.	Restaurants excluded, no cooking shall be done in any Tenant’s leased premises except in connection with convenience lunch room or beverage service for employees and guests (on
a non-commercial basis). All permitted cooking shall be done in a manner which complies with all of the provisions of the Tenant’s lease and which does not produce fumes or odors. All cooking facilities shall be subject to approval of Landlord
and must be approved by all applicable state and municipal authorities. 

  

	15.	Food, soft drink or other vending machines shall not be placed within any Tenant’s leased premises without Landlord’s prior written consent. 

  

	16.	No Tenant shall use or keep on its leased premises any kerosene, gasoline, or inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than limited quantities reasonably necessary for the
operation and maintenance of office equipment. No Tenant shall use or keep any noxious gas or substances in its leased premises, or permit its leased premises to be used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the
Building by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein. All equipment causing vibrations shall be isolated. 

  

	17.	Office Tenants shall not tamper with or attempt to adjust temperature control thermostats in their leased premises. Landlord shall make adjustments in thermostats on call from
Tenants. 

  

	18.	Tenants shall comply with all requirements necessary for the security of their leased premises and the Building, including the use of service passes issued by Landlord for after
hours movement of office equipment/packages, and signing security register in Building lobby after hours. 

  

 77 

	19.	Landlord will furnish each Tenant with a reasonable number of initial keys for entrance doors into its leased premises, and may charge for additional keys thereafter. All such keys
shall remain the property of Landlord. No additional locks will be allowed on any door of any leased premises without Landlord’s prior written consent and Tenants shall not make any duplicate keys, except those provided by Landlord. Upon
termination of this Lease, each Tenant shall surrender to Landlord all keys to its leased premises, and give to Landlord the combination of all locks for safes and vault doors, if any, in the leased premises. 

  

	20.	Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distribution of hand-bills in the Building are prohibited and each Tenant will cooperate to prevent these activities. 

 

	21.	Tenants shall not make or permit any improper noises in the Building or otherwise interfere in any way with other Tenants or persons having business with them.

  

	22.	Landlord will not be responsible for lost or stolen personal property, money or jewelry from any Tenant’s leased premises or public areas, regardless of whether such loss
occurs when such area is locked against entry or not. 

  

	23.	Building emergency stairs shall only be used for emergency purposes. 

  

	24.	Tenant will work with Landlord in informing and enforcing building delivery rules with Tenant’s delivery personnel, agents or invitees. 

  

	25.	The building common areas including the garage and exterior are non smoking areas. Tenants who permit smoking within their leased premises shall control the smoke and odor so it is
not offensive or does not interfere with other building Tenants. 

  

	26.	All Tenants will cooperate with Landlord and abide with local code in the testing and servicing of the Building life safety system. 

  

	27.	Landlord reserves the right to modify or rescind any of these rules and regulations and to make future rules and regulations required for the safety, protection, and maintenance of
the Building, the operation and preservation of good order thereof, and the protection and comfort of the Tenants and their employees and their visitors. Such rules and regulations, when made and written notice given to a Tenant, shall be binding
upon such Tenant as if originally herein prescribed. 

  

 78 

  
 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT 
  
 [Letterhead of Issuing Bank] 
  
                                     Date:
                 , 2005 
  

	RE:	IRREVOCABLE COMMERCIAL LETTER OF CREDIT NO.              

  

	TO:	Five Hundred Boylston West Venture 

 c/o Hines Interests
Limited Partnership 
 222 Berkeley Street 
 Boston, MA 02116 
  
 Gentlemen: 
  
 We hereby issue our Irrevocable Commercial Letter of Credit in your favor, for the account of
                    , a
                     (“Tenant”), in the amount of
                    Dollars ($            .00). This amount is available to
you on presentation of your sight draft drawn upon us referring to the above letter of credit number, date and amount being drawn hereunder, accompanied by the signed statement by a person purporting to be your authorized representative, that the
amount drawn hereunder is being drawn pursuant to the terms of the Lease dated as of                     , as amended, between Tenant, as
tenant, and you, as landlord for certain premises located at 500 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts (the “Lease”). 
  
 Any draft presented for payment must be presented on or before
                    , 200  , the date this Letter of Credit expires, subject to extension as set forth below. Partial
drawings are permitted. 
  
 This Letter of Credit shall automatically be extended
and renewed for successive one-year periods at the end of the stated expiration date and each anniversary thereof unless we notify you, in writing, no later than forty-five (45) days prior to the then applicable expiration date, that we will
not extend and renew the Letter of Credit for another one-year term. 
  
 We hereby
certify that this is an unconditional and irrevocable Letter of Credit and agree that a draft drawn under and in compliance with the terms hereof will be honored upon presentation at our office at
                                , Boston, Massachusetts [or NYC]. 
  
 If you sell or otherwise transfer any interest in the Building (as defined in the Lease), in
the land upon which the same is located, in the Lease, or in Landlord (including consolidations, mergers or other entity changes), you shall have the right to transfer this Letter of Credit to your transferee(s), successors or assigns. 

 
 Except to the extent inconsistent with the express provisions hereof, this Letter of
Credit is subject to and governed by Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision) International Chamber of Commerce publication number 500. 
  

	
	[Name of Bank]
	
	 
	 Authorized Signature

  
 297590.01 
  

 79 

  
 EXHIBIT E 

CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS 
  
 Cleaning Services. 
  
 The following services are the Building Standard Janitorial Services for Five Hundred Boylston: 
  
 Daily Services – General Cleaning of Leased Premises 
  

	 	1.	Empty trash cans. 

  

	 	2.	Dust horizontal surfaces; desks, chairs, files, telephones, picture frames, etc. Computers will not be dusted. 

  

	 	3.	Damp wash and wipe dry Formica desktops free of papers. 

  

	 	4.	Clean and sanitize drinking fountains. 

  

	 	5.	Spot clean partition glass, including lobby doors for fingerprints and smudges. 

  

	 	6.	Dust mop and spot clean all tiled areas. 

  

	 	7.	Vacuum all carpeted traffic areas daily and wall to wall at least once per week. 

  
 Daily Services – Building Standard Restrooms (in the Leased Premises or on multi-tenant floors) 
  

	 	1.	Remove trash and clean receptacles. 

  

	 	2.	Clean and sanitize lavatories, commodes and urinals. 

  

	 	3.	Clean out corners and edges. 

  

	 	4.	Clean mirrors. 

  

	 	5.	Spot clean wall tile and partitions. 

  

	 	6.	Replenish supplies. 

  

	 	7.	Sweep floor. 

  

	 	8.	Mop and disinfect floor as necessary. 

  
 Daily Service – Building Passenger Elevators 
  

	 	1.	Clean light lenses and replace burned out bulbs. 

  

	 	2.	Spot clean walls. 

  

	 	3.	Clean edges, corners and tracks. 

  

	 	4.	Vacuum carpet. 

  
 Daily Services – Building Street Level 
  

	 	1.	Sweep all marble and/or granite public areas. 

  

	 	2.	Clean all glass entrance ways and side panels. 

  

	 	3.	Empty all trash urns. 

  

	 	4.	Spot clean marble and/or granite walls. 

  

 80 

	 	5.	Dust all horizontal edges. 

  
 Weekly Services –Stairways in the Building and Leased Premises 
  

	 	1.	Sweep from top to bottom. 

  

	 	2.	Dust handrails and ledges. 

  

	 	3.	Dust lights between floors. 

  
 Weekly Services – Building Interior Marble/Granite Floors 
  

	 	1.	Wash all public areas. 

  
 Monthly Services – Building Tile Floors 
  

	 	1.	Clean and wash all traffic lanes and other “high wear” areas. 

  
 Annual Service – Building General 
  

	 	1.	Clean inside and outside of all exterior windows semi-annually. 

  

	 	2.	Clean all fluorescent light fixture lenses. 

  

	 	3.	Wash down all Building-standard restroom walls and partitions (in Leased Premises or on multi-tenant floors). 

  
 Services as required per standard Landlord cleaning program 
  

	 	1.	Spot clean carpeted areas in Leased Premises. 

  

	 	2.	Shampoo public areas outside tenant space. 

  

	 	3.	Damp mop all tile floors in Leased Premises 

  

	 	4.	Machine buff all vinyl tile floor in Leased Premises monthly. 

  

	 	5.	Strip and re-coat all vinyl tile floors in Leased Premises once a year. 

  
 Services – Building Exterior 
  

	 	1.	Police building perimeter for trash. 

  

	 	2.	Remove trash from tree wells and planters. 

  

 81 

 Services – Building Day Crew 
  

	 	1.	Police and replenish supplies in all Building-standard restrooms (in Leased Premises or on multi-tenant floors). 

  

	 	2.	Vacuum all passenger elevators twice each day. 

  

	 	3.	Clean and vacuum garage elevators. 

  

	 	4.	Clean all ash urns twice each day. 

  

	 	5.	Clean all glass entrance doors in main lobby. 

  

	 	6.	Dust mop and/or damp mop all marble and/or granite floors in main lobby once each day. 

  

	 	7.	Clean non-retail windows on building perimeter at street level as needed. 

  

	 	8.	Clean service area, hallway and dock area. 

  
 Additional cleaning services required because of the nature of Tenant’s improvements or otherwise shall be provided by Landlord as an extra service at Tenant’s
expense in accordance with the Lease. Such additional services include, without limitation, costs of cleaning and trash removal from any kitchen, dining facilities, and lunchroom, special carpet maintenance program for lunchroom areas, cleaning
refrigerators and providing paper supplies to kitchenettes, computer room trash removal, disposal charges for wooden pallets, cleaning and supplying any non-building-standard bathrooms, and cleaning any marble or granite floors within the Leased
Premises. 
  

 82Junior Subordinated Debt Securities

 Exhibit 10.35 
  
 1st Centennial Bancorp 
 as Company 
  
 INDENTURE 
 Dated as of September 28, 2005 
  
 LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 As Trustee

  
 JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES 
  
 Due December 15, 2035 
  
 (8) 1st Centennial Bancorp 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 ARTICLE I
 DEFINITIONS

			
	 SECTION 1.01.
	  	 Definitions
	  	1
		
	 Additional Interest
	  	1
		
	 Additional Provisions
	  	1
		
	 Authenticating Agent
	  	1
		
	 Bankruptcy Law
	  	1
		
	 Board of Directors
	  	1
		
	 Board Resolution
	  	2
		
	 Business Day
	  	2
		
	 Calculation Agent
	  	2
		
	 Capital Securities
	  	2
		
	 Capital Securities Guarantee
	  	2
		
	 Capital Treatment Event
	  	2
		
	 Certificate
	  	3
		
	 Common Securities
	  	3
		
	 Company
	  	3
		
	 Debt Security
	  	3
		
	 Debt Security Register
	  	3
		
	 Declaration
	  	3
		
	 Default
	  	3
		
	 Defaulted Interest
	  	3
		
	 Deferred Interest
	  	3
		
	 Event of Default
	  	3

  

 -i- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (CONTINUED) 
  

					
	 	 	 	  	Page

	 Extension Period
	  	3
		
	 Federal Reserve
	  	3
		
	 Fixed Rate
	  	3
		
	 Fixed Rate Period
	  	3
		
	 Indenture
	  	3
		
	 Initial Purchaser
	  	4
		
	 Institutional Trustee
	  	4
		
	 Interest Payment Date
	  	4
		
	 Interest Rate
	  	4
		
	 Investment Company Event
	  	4
		
	 LIBOR
	  	4
		
	 LIBOR Banking Day
	  	4
		
	 LIBOR Business Day
	  	4
		
	 LIBOR Determination Date
	  	4
		
	 Liquidation Amount
	  	4
		
	 Maturity Date
	  	4
		
	 Notice
	  	4
		
	 Officers’ Certificate
	  	4
		
	 Opinion of Counsel
	  	5
		
	 OTS
	  	5
		
	 Outstanding
	  	5
		
	 Paying Agent
	  	5
		
	 Person
	  	5
		
	 Predecessor Security
	  	5

  

 -ii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (CONTINUED) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

		
	 Principal Office of the Trustee
	  	5
		
	 Redemption Date
	  	5
		
	 Redemption Price
	  	6
		
	 Responsible Officer
	  	6
		
	 Securityholder
	  	6
		
	 Senior Indebtedness
	  	6
		
	 Special Event
	  	6
		
	 Special Redemption Date
	  	7
		
	 Subsidiary
	  	7
		
	 Tax Event
	  	7
		
	 Trust
	  	8
		
	 Trust Indenture Act
	  	8
		
	 Trust Securities
	  	8
		
	 Trustee
	  	8
		
	 United States
	  	8
		
	 U.S. Person
	  	8
		
	 Variable Rate
	  	8
	
	 ARTICLE II
 DEBT SECURITIES

			
	 SECTION 2.01.
	  	 Authentication and Dating
	  	8
			
	 SECTION 2.02.
	  	 Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
	  	9
			
	 SECTION 2.03.
	  	 Form and Denomination of Debt Securities
	  	9
			
	 SECTION 2.04.
	  	 Execution of Debt Securities
	  	9
			
	 SECTION 2.05.
	  	 Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debt Securities
	  	10

  

 -iii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (CONTINUED) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

			
	 SECTION 2.06.
	  	 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debt Securities
	  	13
			
	 SECTION 2.07.
	  	 Temporary Debt Securities
	  	14
			
	 SECTION 2.08.
	  	 Payment of Interest
	  	14
			
	 SECTION 2.09.
	  	 Cancellation of Debt Securities Paid, etc.
	  	15
			
	 SECTION 2.10.
	  	 Computation of Interest
	  	16
			
	 SECTION 2.11.
	  	 Extension of Interest Payment Period
	  	18
			
	 SECTION 2.12.
	  	 CUSIP Numbers
	  	18
	
	 ARTICLE III
 PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

			
	 SECTION 3.01.
	  	Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debt Securities	  	19
			
	 SECTION 3.02.
	  	 Offices for Notices and Payments, etc.
	  	20
			
	 SECTION 3.03.
	  	 Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office
	  	20
			
	 SECTION 3.04.
	  	 Provision as to Paying Agent
	  	20
			
	 SECTION 3.05.
	  	 Certificate to Trustee
	  	21
			
	 SECTION 3.06.
	  	 Additional Interest
	  	21
			
	 SECTION 3.07.
	  	 Compliance with Consolidation Provisions
	  	22
			
	 SECTION 3.08.
	  	 Limitation on Dividends
	  	22
			
	 SECTION 3.09.
	  	 Covenants as to the Trust
	  	23
	
	 ARTICLE IV
 LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

			
	 SECTION 4.01.
	  	 Securityholders’ Lists
	  	23
			
	 SECTION 4.02.
	  	 Preservation and Disclosure of Lists
	  	24

  

 -iv- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (CONTINUED) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

	 ARTICLE V
 REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

			
	 SECTION 5.01.
	  	 Events of Default
	  	25
			
	 SECTION 5.02.
	  	 Payment of Debt Securities on Default; Suit Therefor
	  	27
			
	 SECTION 5.03.
	  	 Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee
	  	29
			
	 SECTION 5.04.
	  	 Proceedings by Securityholders
	  	29
			
	 SECTION 5.05.
	  	 Proceedings by Trustee
	  	29
			
	 SECTION 5.06.
	  	 Remedies Cumulative and Continuing
	  	30
			
	 SECTION 5.07.
	  	 Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Securityholders
	  	30
			
	 SECTION 5.08.
	  	 Notice of Defaults
	  	31
			
	 SECTION 5.09.
	  	 Undertaking to Pay Costs
	  	31
	
	 ARTICLE VI
 CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

			
	 SECTION 6.01.
	  	 Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee
	  	32
			
	 SECTION 6.02.
	  	 Reliance on Documents, Opinions, etc.
	  	33
			
	 SECTION 6.03.
	  	 No Responsibility for Recitals, etc.
	  	34
			
	 SECTION 6.04.
	  	Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own Debt Securities	  	34
			
	 SECTION 6.05.
	  	 Moneys to be Held in Trust
	  	34
			
	 SECTION 6.06.
	  	 Compensation and Expenses of Trustee
	  	35
			
	 SECTION 6.07.
	  	 Officers’ Certificate as Evidence
	  	36
			
	 SECTION 6.08.
	  	 Eligibility of Trustee
	  	36
			
	 SECTION 6.09.
	  	Resignation or Removal of Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or Debt Security Registrar	  	36
			
	 SECTION 6.10.
	  	 Acceptance by Successor
	  	38

  

 -v- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (CONTINUED) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

			
	 SECTION 6.11.
	  	 Succession by Merger, etc.
	  	39
			
	 SECTION 6.12.
	  	 Authenticating Agents
	  	39
	
	 ARTICLE VII
 CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

			
	 SECTION 7.01.
	  	 Action by Securityholders
	  	40
			
	 SECTION 7.02.
	  	 Proof of Execution by Securityholders
	  	41
			
	 SECTION 7.03.
	  	 Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners
	  	41
			
	 SECTION 7.04.
	  	 Debt Securities Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding
	  	41
			
	 SECTION 7.05.
	  	 Revocation of Consents; Future Securityholders Bound
	  	42
	
	 ARTICLE VIII
 SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

			
	 SECTION 8.01.
	  	 Purposes of Meetings
	  	42
			
	 SECTION 8.02.
	  	 Call of Meetings by Trustee
	  	43
			
	 SECTION 8.03.
	  	 Call of Meetings by Company or Securityholders
	  	43
			
	 SECTION 8.04.
	  	 Qualifications for Voting
	  	43
			
	 SECTION 8.05.
	  	 Regulations
	  	43
			
	 SECTION 8.06.
	  	 Voting
	  	44
			
	 SECTION 8.07.
	  	 Quorum; Actions
	  	44
			
	 SECTION 8.08.
	  	 Written Consent Without a Meeting
	  	45
	
	 ARTICLE IX
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

			
	 SECTION 9.01.
	  	 Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders
	  	46
			
	 SECTION 9.02.
	  	 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders
	  	47
			
	 SECTION 9.03.
	  	 Effect of Supplemental Indentures
	  	48
			
	 SECTION 9.04.
	  	 Notation on Debt Securities
	  	48

  

 -vi- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (CONTINUED) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

			
	 SECTION 9.05.
	  	 Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to be furnished to Trustee
	  	48
	
	 ARTICLE X
 REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

			
	 SECTION 10.01.
	  	 Optional Redemption
	  	49
			
	 SECTION 10.02.
	  	 Special Event Redemption
	  	49
			
	 SECTION 10.03.
	  	 Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debt Securities
	  	49
			
	 SECTION 10.04.
	  	 Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption
	  	50
	
	 ARTICLE XI
 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

			
	 SECTION 11.01.
	  	 Company May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
	  	50
			
	 SECTION 11.02.
	  	 Successor Entity to be Substituted
	  	51
			
	 SECTION 11.03.
	  	 Opinion of Counsel to be Given to Trustee
	  	52
	
	 ARTICLE XII
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

			
	 SECTION 12.01.
	  	 Discharge of Indenture
	  	52
			
	 SECTION 12.02.
	  	 Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee
	  	53
			
	 SECTION 12.03.
	  	 Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held
	  	53
			
	 SECTION 12.04.
	  	 Return of Unclaimed Moneys
	  	53
	
	 ARTICLE XIII
 IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

			
	 SECTION 13.01.
	  	 Indenture and Debt Securities Solely Corporate Obligations
	  	53
	
	 ARTICLE XIV
 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

			
	 SECTION 14.01.
	  	 Successors
	  	54
			
	 SECTION 14.02.
	  	 Official Acts by Successor Entity
	  	54
			
	 SECTION 14.03.
	  	 Surrender of Company Powers
	  	54

  

 -vii- 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (CONTINUED) 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page

			
	 SECTION 14.04.
	  	 Addresses for Notices, etc.
	  	54
			
	 SECTION 14.05.
	  	 Governing Law
	  	55
			
	 SECTION 14.06.
	  	 Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent
	  	55
			
	 SECTION 14.07.
	  	 Non-Business Days
	  	55
			
	 SECTION 14.08.
	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	55
			
	 SECTION 14.09.
	  	 Execution in Counterparts
	  	56
			
	 SECTION 14.10.
	  	 Severability
	  	56
			
	 SECTION 14.11.
	  	 Assignment
	  	56
			
	 SECTION 14.12.
	  	 Acknowledgment of Rights
	  	56
	
	 ARTICLE XV
 SUBORDINATION OF DEBT SECURITIES

			
	 SECTION 15.01.
	  	 Agreement to Subordinate
	  	57
			
	 SECTION 15.02.
	  	 Default on Senior Indebtedness
	  	57
			
	 SECTION 15.03.
	  	 Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy
	  	57
			
	 SECTION 15.04.
	  	 Subrogation
	  	59
			
	 SECTION 15.05.
	  	 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination
	  	60
			
	 SECTION 15.06.
	  	 Notice by the Company
	  	60
			
	 SECTION 15.07.
	  	 Rights of the Trustee, Holders of Senior Indebtedness
	  	60
			
	 SECTION 15.08.
	  	 Subordination May Not Be Impaired
	  	61
			
	 EXHIBITS
	  	 	  	 
			
	 EXHIBIT A
	  	 FORM OF DEBT SECURITY
	  	 

  

 -viii- 

 THIS INDENTURE, dated as of September 28, 2005, between 1st Centennial Bancorp, a bank holding
company incorporated in California (hereinafter sometimes called the “Company”), and LaSalle Bank National Association as trustee (hereinafter sometimes called the “Trustee”). 
  
 WITNESSETH: 
  
 WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its Junior Subordinated Debt
Securities due December 15, 2035 (the “Debt Securities”) under this Indenture and to provide, among other things, for the execution and authentication, delivery and administration thereof, the Company has duly authorized the execution
of this Indenture. 
  
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the
premises, and the purchase of the Debt Securities by the holders thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective holders from time to time of the Debt Securities as follows:

  
 ARTICLE I 
  
 DEFINITIONS 
  
 SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 
  

The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires)
for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined shall have the meanings assigned to such
terms in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and the term “generally accepted accounting principles” means such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the United States at the time of any computation. The
words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. 
  
 “Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 3.06. 
  
 “Additional
Provisions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.01. 
  
 “Authenticating Agent” means any agent or agents of the Trustee which at the time shall be appointed and acting pursuant to Section 6.12. 
  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of
debtors. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means
the board of directors or the executive committee or any other duly authorized designated officers of the Company. 

 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or
an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee. 
  
 “Business Day” means any day other than a
Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in Wilmington, Delaware, New York City or the city of the Principal Office of the Trustee or the Company are permitted or required by any applicable law or executive order to close.

  
 “Calculation Agent” means the
Person identified as “Trustee” in the first paragraph hereof with respect to the Debt Securities and the Institutional Trustee with respect to the Trust Securities. 
  
 “Capital Securities” means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust which are
designated as “TP Securities” and rank pari passu with Common Securities issued by the Trust; provided, however, that if an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration) has occurred and is continuing, the rights of holders of such
Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities. 
  
 “Capital Securities Guarantee” means the guarantee agreement that the Company will enter into with
LaSalle Bank National Association or other Persons that operates directly or indirectly for the benefit of holders of Capital Securities of the Trust. 
  
 “Capital Treatment Event” means, if the Company is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state
thereof or the District of Columbia, the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of (a) any amendment to, or change in, the laws, rules or regulations of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, or any rules, guidelines or policies of any applicable regulatory authority for the Company or (b) any official or administrative pronouncement or action or decision interpreting or
applying such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or change is effective or which pronouncement, action or decision is announced on or after the date of original issuance of the Debt Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that,
within 90 days of the receipt of such opinion, the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities will not be eligible to be treated by the Company as “Tier 1 Capital” (or the then equivalent thereof) for purposes of the capital
adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve (or any successor regulatory authority with jurisdiction over bank or financial holding companies), as then in effect and applicable to the Company (or if the Company is not a bank holding company, such
guidelines applied to the Company as if the Company were subject to such guidelines); provided, however, that the inability of the Company to treat all or any portion of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities as Tier 1
Capital shall not constitute the basis for a Capital Treatment Event, if such inability results from the Company having cumulative preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, or any other class of security or interest which the
Federal Reserve or OTS, as applicable, may now or hereafter accord Tier 1 Capital treatment in excess of the amount which may now or hereafter qualify for treatment as Tier 1 Capital under applicable capital adequacy guidelines; provided
further, however, that the distribution of the Debt Securities in connection with the liquidation of 

  

 -2- 

 
the Trust by the Company shall not in and of itself constitute a Capital Treatment Event unless such liquidation shall have occurred in connection with a Tax
Event or an Investment Company Event. 
  
 “Certificate” means a certificate signed by any one of the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company. 
  
 “Common Securities” means undivided beneficial
interests in the assets of the Trust which are designated as “Common Securities” and rank pari passu with Capital Securities issued by the Trust; provided, however, that if an Event of Default (as defined in the Declaration) has occurred
and is continuing, the rights of holders of such Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of such Capital Securities. 
  
 “Company” means 1st Centennial Bancorp, a bank
holding company incorporated in California, and, subject to the provisions of Article XI, shall include its successors and assigns. 
  
 “Debt Security” or “Debt Securities” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture. 
  
 “Debt Security Register” has the meaning specified
in Section 2.05. 
  
 “Declaration”
means the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated as of September 28, 2005, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
  
 “Default” means any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

  
 “Defaulted Interest” has the
meaning set forth in Section 2.08. 
  
 “Deferred Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11. 
  
 “Event of Default” means any event specified in Section 5.01, which has continued for the period of time, if any, and after
the giving of the notice, if any, therein designated. 
  
 “Extension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11. 
  
 “Federal Reserve” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. 
  
 “Fixed Rate” means a per annum rate of interest,
equal to         % commencing September 28, 2005. 
  
 “Fixed Rate Period” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.10(a). 
  
 “Indenture” means this instrument as originally
executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented, or both. 
  

 -3- 

 “Initial Purchaser” means the initial purchaser of the Capital Securities.

  
 “Institutional Trustee” has the
meaning set forth in the Declaration. 
  
 “Interest Payment Date” means March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on December 15, 2005, during the term of this Indenture. 
  
 “Interest Payment Period” means the period from
and including an Interest Payment Date, or in the case of the first Interest Payment Period, the original date of issuance of the Debt Securities, to, but excluding, the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the last Interest
Payment Period, the Redemption Date, Special Redemption Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be. 
  
 “Interest Rate” means the Fixed Rate and Variable Rate, as applicable. 
  
 “Investment Company Event” means the receipt by
the Company and the Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that, as a result of a change in law or regulation or written change in interpretation or application of law or regulation by any legislative body, court,
governmental agency or regulatory authority, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Trust is or, within 90 days of the date of such opinion will be, considered an “investment company” that is required to be registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which change or prospective change becomes effective or would become effective, as the case may be, on or after the date of the original issuance of the Debt Securities. 
  
 “LIBOR” means the London Interbank Offered Rate
for U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe as determined by the Calculation Agent according to Section 2.10(b). 
  
 “LIBOR Banking Day” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b)(1). 
  
 “LIBOR Business Day” has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.10(b)(1). 
  
 “LIBOR
Determination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b). 
  
 “Liquidation Amount” means the liquidation amount of $1,000 per Trust Security. 
  
 “Maturity Date” means December 15, 2035. 
  
 “Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.11. 
  
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate
signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman, the President or any Vice President, and by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Comptroller, an Assistant Comptroller, the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. Each such certificate shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.06 if and to the extent required by the provisions of such Section. 
  

 -4- 

 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who
may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, or may be other counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Each such opinion shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.06 if and to the extent required by the provisions of
such Section. 
  
 “OTS” means the
Office of Thrift Supervision and any successor federal agency that is primarily responsible for regulating the activities of savings and loan holding companies. 
  
 “Outstanding” means, when used with reference to Debt Securities, subject to the provisions of
Section 7.04, as of any particular time, all Debt Securities authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent under this Indenture, except 
  
 (a) Debt Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent or delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation; 
  
 (b) Debt
Securities, or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption of which moneys in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated
in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent); provided, that, if such Debt Securities, or portions thereof, are to be redeemed prior to maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as
provided in Articles X and XIV or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; and 
  
 (c) Debt Securities paid pursuant to Section 2.06 or in lieu of or in substitution for which other Debt Securities shall have been
authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06 unless proof satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee is presented that any such Debt Securities are held by bona fide holders in due course. 
  
 “Paying Agent” has the meaning set forth in
Section 3.04(e). 
  
 “Person”
means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. 
  
 “Predecessor Security” of any particular Debt
Security means every previous Debt Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Debt Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Debt Security authenticated and delivered under
Section 2.06 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Debt Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Debt Security. 
  
 “Principal Office of the Trustee” means the office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time
its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which at all times shall be located within the United States and at the time of the execution of this Indenture shall be 135 S. LaSalle Street, Suite 1511, Chicago, Illinois 60603.

  
 “Redemption Date” has the meaning
set forth in Section 10.01. 
  

 -5- 

 “Redemption Price” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debt Securities
being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on such Debt Securities to the Redemption Date. 
  
 “Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Principal Office of the Trustee with direct
responsibility for the administration of the Indenture, including any vice-president, any assistant vice-president, any secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or other officer of the Principal
Office of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because
of that officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
  
 “Securityholder,” “holder of Debt Securities” or other similar terms, means any Person in whose name at the time a
particular Debt Security is registered on the Debt Security Register. 
  
 “Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Company, (i) the principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of (A) indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness
evidenced by securities, debentures, notes, bonds or other similar instruments issued by the Company; (ii) all capital lease obligations of the Company; (iii) all obligations of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price
of property, all conditional sale obligations of the Company and all obligations of the Company under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business); (iv) all obligations of the
Company for the reimbursement of any letter of credit, any banker’s acceptance, any security purchase facility, any repurchase agreement or similar arrangement, any interest rate swap, any other hedging arrangement, any obligation under options
or any similar credit or other transaction; (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above of other Persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or
otherwise; and (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above of other Persons secured by any lien on any property or asset of the Company (whether or not such obligation is assumed by the Company),
whether incurred on or prior to the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred, unless, with the prior approval of the Federal Reserve if not otherwise generally approved, it is provided in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or
pursuant to which the same is outstanding, that such obligations are not superior or are pari passu in right of payment to the Debt Securities; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include (A) any debt securities issued to any
trust other than the Trust (or a trustee of such trust) that is a financing vehicle of the Company (a “financing entity”), in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of equity or other securities in transactions substantially
similar in structure to the transactions contemplated hereunder and in the Declaration, (B) any guarantees of the Company in respect of the equity or other securities of any financing entity referred to in clause (A) above or (C) any
other instruments allowed as subordinated securities for purposes of the Debt Securities by the Federal Reserve from time to time hereafter. 
  
 “Special Event” means any of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event. 
  

 -6- 

 “Special Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02.

  
 “Special Redemption Price” means,
with respect to the redemption of any Debt Security following a Special Event, an amount in cash equal to 103.525% of the principal amount of Debt Securities to be redeemed prior to December 15, 2006 and thereafter equal to the percentage of
the principal amount of the Debt Securities that is specified below for the Special Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Special Redemption Date: 
  

				
	 Special Redemption During the
12-Month Period Beginning
December 15

	  	Percentage of Principal Amount

	 
	 2006
	  	103.140	%
	 2007
	  	102.355	%
	 2008
	  	101.570	%
	 2009
	  	100.785	%
	 2010 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation, at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by
such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of the outstanding partnership or similar interests of which shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by
one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, and (iii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner. For the purposes of this definition, “voting
stock” means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such Person,
other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency. 
  
 “Tax Event” means the receipt by the Company and the Trust of an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect
that, as a result of any amendment to or change (including any announced prospective change) in the laws or any regulations thereunder of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, or as a result of any
official administrative pronouncement (including any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement (an “Administrative Action”)) or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or
regulations, regardless of whether such Administrative Action or judicial decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding involving the Company or the Trust and whether or not subject to review or appeal, which amendment, clarification,
change, Administrative Action or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced, in each case on or after the date of original issuance of the Debt Securities, there is more than an insubstantial risk that: (i) the Trust is, or will be within 90
days of the date of such opinion, subject to United States federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the Debt Securities; (ii) interest payable by the Company on the Debt Securities is not, or within 90 days of the date
of such opinion, will not be, deductible by the Company, in whole or 

 -7- 

 
in part, for United States federal income tax purposes; or (iii) the Trust is, or will be within 90 days of the date of such opinion, subject to or
otherwise required to pay, or required to withhold from distributions to holders of Trust Securities, more than a de minimis amount of other taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges. 
  
 “Trust” means Centennial Capital Trust III, the
Delaware statutory trust, or any other similar trust created for the purpose of issuing Capital Securities in connection with the issuance of Debt Securities under this Indenture, of which the Company is the sponsor. 
  
 “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, as amended from time-to-time, or any successor legislation. 
  
 “Trust Securities” means Common Securities and Capital Securities of Centennial Capital Trust III. 
  
 “Trustee” means the Person identified as “Trustee” in the first paragraph hereof, and, subject to the provisions of
Article VI hereof, shall also include its successors and assigns as Trustee hereunder. 
  
 “United States” means the United States of America and the District of Columbia. 
  
 “U.S. Person” has the meaning given to United
States Person as set forth in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
  
 “Variable Rate” means a per annum rate of interest, equal to LIBOR plus 1.45%, as determined on the LIBOR Determination Date
preceding each Interest Payment Date, reset quarterly, commencing upon expiration of the Fixed Rate Period. 
  
 ARTICLE II 
  
 DEBT SECURITIES 
  
 SECTION 2.01. Authentication and
Dating. 
  
 Upon the execution and delivery
of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, Debt Securities in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of $5,155,000 may be executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon
authenticate and make available for delivery said Debt Securities to or upon the written order of the Company, signed by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Vice Chairman, President or Chief Financial Officer or one of its Vice Presidents,
without any further action by the Company hereunder. In authenticating such Debt Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Debt Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and
(subject to Section 6.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon a copy of any Board Resolution or Board Resolutions relating thereto and, if applicable, an appropriate record of any action taken pursuant to such resolution, in each case
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or other officers with appropriate delegated authority of the Company as the case may be. 
  

 -8- 

 The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Debt
Securities under this Section if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to
personal liability to existing Securityholders. The Trustee shall also be entitled to receive an opinion of counsel to the effect that (1) all conditions precedent to the execution, delivery and authentication of the Securities have been
complied with; (2) the Securities are not required to be registered under the Securities Act; and (3) the Indenture is not required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 The definitive Debt Securities shall be typed, printed,
lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Debt Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Debt Securities. 
  
 SECTION 2.02. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

  
 The Trustee’s certificate of
authentication on all Debt Securities shall be in substantially the following form: 
  
 This is one of the Debt Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  
 LaSalle Bank National Association, not in its individual
capacity but solely as Trustee. 
  

			
		
	By	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory

  
 SECTION 2.03.
Form and Denomination of Debt Securities. 
  
 The Debt Securities shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Debt Securities shall be in registered, certificated form without coupons and in minimum denominations of $100,000 and any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
The Debt Securities shall be numbered, lettered, or otherwise distinguished in such manner or in accordance with such plans as the officers executing the same may determine with the approval of the Trustee as evidenced by the execution and
authentication thereof. 
  
 SECTION 2.04. Execution of Debt
Securities. 
  
 The Debt Securities shall be
signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of any of its Chairman of the Board of Directors, Vice Chairman, President or Chief Financial Officer or one of its Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice
Presidents or Vice Presidents, under its corporate seal (if legally required), which may be affixed thereto or printed, engraved or otherwise reproduced thereon, by facsimile or otherwise, and which need not be attested. Only such Debt Securities as
shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form herein before recited, executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of an authorized officer, shall be entitled to the benefits of this
Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent upon any Debt Security executed by the Company shall be 

  

 -9- 

 
conclusive evidence that the Debt Security so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the holder is entitled to the
benefits of this Indenture. 
  
 In case any
officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Debt Securities shall cease to be such officer before the Debt Securities so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, or disposed of by the
Company, such Debt Securities nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the Person who signed such Debt Securities had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Debt Security may be signed on behalf of the
Company by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Debt Security, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an officer. 
  
 Every Debt Security shall be dated the date of its
authentication. 
  
 SECTION 2.05. Exchange and Registration of
Transfer of Debt Securities. 
  
 The Company
shall cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained for the purpose of registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in Section 3.02, a register (the “Debt Security Register”) for the Debt Securities issued hereunder in
which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration and transfer of all Debt Securities as provided in this Article II. Such register shall be in written form or in any other form capable
of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. 
  
 Debt Securities to be exchanged may be surrendered at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency to be maintained by the Company for such purpose as provided in Section 3.02, and the Company
shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor the Debt Security or Debt Securities which the Securityholder making the
exchange shall be entitled to receive. Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debt Security at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose as provided in
Section 3.02, the Company shall execute, the Company or the Trustee shall register and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debt Security
for a like aggregate principal amount. Registration or registration of transfer of any Debt Security by the Trustee or by any agent of the Company appointed pursuant to Section 3.02, and delivery of such Debt Security, shall be deemed to
complete the registration or registration of transfer of such Debt Security. 
  
 All Debt Securities presented for registration of transfer or for exchange or payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by, a
written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and either the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent duly executed by, the holder or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. 
  
 Neither the Trustee nor the Debt Security Registrar shall be
responsible for ascertaining whether any transfer hereunder complies with the registration provisions of or any 

  

 -10- 

 
exemptions from the Securities Act (under and as defined in the Declaration), applicable state securities laws or the applicable laws of any other
jurisdiction, ERISA, the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Investment Company Act (under and as defined in the Declaration). 
  
 No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debt Securities, but the Company or the Trustee may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. 
  
 The Company or the Trustee shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Debt Security for a period of 15 days
immediately preceding the date of selection of Debt Securities for redemption. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Debt Securities may not be transferred except in compliance with the restricted securities legend set forth
below, unless otherwise determined by the Company in accordance with applicable law, which legend shall be placed on each Debt Security: 
  
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE
SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION
OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE
COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”) TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE
ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) TO A “NON U.S. PERSON” IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION
OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR
(E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE 

  

 -11- 

 
OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 
  
 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES,
REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ENGAGE IN HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT. 
  
 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED
(THE “CODE”), (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR
HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE
EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO
HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON
BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF
ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION. 
  
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL DELIVER TO THE COMPANY AND TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER
INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 
  
 THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND MULTIPLES OF
$1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO BE THE
HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 

  

 -12- 

 
RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY. 
  
 THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE
UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION. THIS OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND THE CLAIMS OF GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS OF THE COMPANY, IS INELIGIBLE
AS COLLATERAL FOR A LOAN BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND IS NOT SECURED. 
  
 SECTION 2.06. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debt Securities. 
  
 In case any Debt Security shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company shall execute, and upon its written request
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Debt Security bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Debt Security, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Debt Security so destroyed,
lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Debt Security shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or
theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debt Security and of the ownership thereof. 
  
 The Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Debt
Security and deliver the same upon the written request or authorization of any officer of the Company. Upon the issuance of any substituted Debt Security, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Debt Security which has matured or is about to mature or has been called for redemption in full shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or
stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Debt Security, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Debt Security) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the
Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company and to the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such
Security and of the ownership thereof. 
  
 Every
substituted Debt Security issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06 by virtue of the fact that any such Debt Security is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not
the destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Security shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Debt Securities duly issued hereunder. All Debt Securities shall
be held and owned upon the express condition that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Securities and shall
preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the 

  

 -13- 

 
contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender. 
  
 SECTION 2.07. Temporary Debt Securities. 
  
 Pending the preparation of definitive Debt Securities, the
Company may execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery temporary Debt Securities that are typed, printed or lithographed. Temporary Debt Securities shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially
in the form of the definitive Debt Securities but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Debt Securities, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Debt Security shall be executed by
the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the definitive Debt Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will execute and deliver to the
Trustee or the Authenticating Agent definitive Debt Securities and thereupon any or all temporary Debt Securities may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at the Principal Office of the Trustee or at any office or agency maintained by the Company
for such purpose as provided in Section 3.02, and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Debt Securities a like aggregate principal amount of such definitive
Debt Securities. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor except that in case of any such exchange involving a registration of transfer the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto. Until so exchanged, the temporary Debt Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Debt Securities
authenticated and delivered hereunder. 
  
 SECTION 2.08.
Payment of Interest. 
  
 During the Fixed
Rate Period, each Debt Security will bear interest at the Fixed Rate. Thereafter each Debt Security will bear interest at the then applicable Variable Rate from and including each Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the first Interest Payment
Period, the original date of issuance of such Debt Security to, but excluding, the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or, in the case of the last Interest Payment Period, the Redemption Date, Special Redemption Date or Maturity Date, as
applicable, on the principal thereof, on any overdue principal and (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on Deferred Interest and on any overdue installment of interest (including Defaulted Interest),
payable (subject to the provisions of Article XII) on each Interest Payment Date commencing on December 15, 2005. Interest and any Deferred Interest on any Debt Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for by the
Company, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name said Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, except that
interest and any Deferred Interest payable on the Maturity Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. In case (i) the Maturity Date of any Debt Security or (ii) the event that any Debt Security or portion thereof is called
for redemption and the redemption date is subsequent to a regular record date with respect to any Interest Payment Date and either on or prior to such Interest Payment Date, interest on such Debt Security will be paid upon presentation and surrender
of such Debt Security. 
  

 -14- 

 Any interest on any Debt Security, other than Deferred Interest, that is payable, but is
not punctually paid or duly provided for by the Company, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holder on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having
been such holder, and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company to the Persons in whose names such Debt Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the
payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Debt Security and the date of the proposed
payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for
such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record
date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall not be more than fifteen nor less than ten days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed,
first class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder at his or her address as it appears in the Debt Security Register, not less than ten days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the
special record date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Debt Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such special record date and
thereafter the Company shall have no further payment obligation in respect of the Defaulted Interest. 
  
 Any interest scheduled to become payable on an Interest Payment Date occurring during an Extension Period shall not be Defaulted Interest
and shall be payable on such other date as may be specified in the terms of such Debt Securities. 
  
 The term “regular record date” as used in this Indenture shall mean the fifteenth day prior to the applicable Interest Payment
Date whether or not such date is a Business Day. 
  
 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Debt Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Debt Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and
unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Debt Security. 
  
 SECTION 2.09. Cancellation of Debt Securities Paid, etc. 
  
 All Debt Securities surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or registration of transfer, shall, if surrendered to the Company or any Paying Agent, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly
canceled by it, or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be promptly canceled by it, and no Debt Securities shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall dispose of all
canceled Debt Securities in accordance with its customary practices, unless the Company 

  

 -15- 

 
otherwise directs the Trustee in writing, in which case the Trustee shall dispose of such Debt Securities as directed by the Company. If the Company shall
acquire any of the Debt Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Debt Securities unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.

  
 SECTION 2.10. Computation of Interest. 
  
 (a) From September 28, 2005 until December 15 (the
“Fixed Rate Period”), the interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and the amount payable for any partial period shall be computed on the basis of the number of days elapsed in a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months. Upon expiration of the Fixed Rate Period, the amount of interest payable for any Interest Payment Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period;
provided, however, that upon the occurrence of a Special Event Redemption pursuant to Section 10.02 the amounts payable pursuant to this Indenture shall be calculated as set forth in the definition of Special Redemption Price.

  
 (b) Upon expiration of the Fixed Rate Period,
LIBOR, for any Interest Payment Period, shall be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions: 
  
 (1) On the second LIBOR Business Day (provided, that on such day commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign
currency deposits) in London (a “LIBOR Banking Day”), and otherwise the next preceding LIBOR Business Day that is also a LIBOR Banking Day) prior to March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 (or, with
respect to the first Interest Payment Period upon expiration of the Fixed Rate Period, on December 15, 2010) (each such day, a “LIBOR Determination Date” for the following Interest Payment Period), the Calculation Agent shall obtain
the rate for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe, which appears on Telerate Page 3750 (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. 2000 Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Definitions) or such other page as
may replace such Telerate Page 3750 on the Moneyline Telerate, Inc. service (or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Banker’s Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London Interbank
offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits), as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such LIBOR Determination Date, and the rate so obtained shall be LIBOR for such Interest Payment Period. “LIBOR Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday,
Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in The City of New York or Wilmington, Delaware are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed. If such rate is superseded on Telerate Page 3750 by a corrected rate
before 12:00 noon (London time) on the same LIBOR Determination Date, the corrected rate as so substituted will be LIBOR for that Interest Payment Period. 
  

 -16- 

 (2) If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750
or such other page as may replace such Telerate Page 3750 on the Moneyline Telerate, Inc. service (or such other service or services as may be nominated by the British Banker’s Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying
London Interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits), the Calculation Agent shall determine the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations of the Reference Banks (as defined below) to leading banks in the London Interbank market for three-month
U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent) by reference to requests for quotations as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the LIBOR Determination Date made by the Calculation Agent to the
Reference Banks. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, at least two of the Reference Banks provide such quotations, LIBOR shall equal the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If, on any LIBOR Determination Date, only one or none of the Reference Banks
provide such a quotation, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the arithmetic mean of the offered quotations that at least two leading banks in the City of New York (as selected by the Calculation Agent) are quoting on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date
for three-month U.S. Dollar deposits in Europe at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) (in an amount determined by the Calculation Agent). As used herein, “Reference Banks” means four major banks in the London Interbank market
selected by the Calculation Agent. 
  
 (3) If the
Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures provided above, LIBOR for the applicable Interest Payment Period shall be LIBOR in effect for the immediately preceding Interest
Payment Period. 
  
 (c) All percentages resulting
from any calculations on the Debt Securities will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to
9.87655% (or .0987655)), and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upward). 
  
 (d) On each LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent shall notify, in writing, the Company and the
Paying Agent of the applicable Variable Rate in effect for the related Interest Payment Period. The Calculation Agent shall, upon the request of the holder of any Debt Securities, provide the Variable Rate then in effect. All calculations made by
the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error shall be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Company and the Holders of the Debt Securities. The Paying Agent shall be entitled to rely on information received from the Calculation
Agent or the Company as to the Variable Rate. The Company shall, from time to time, provide any necessary information to the Paying Agent relating to any original issue discount and interest on the Debt Securities that is included in any payment and
reportable for taxable income calculation purposes. 
  

 -17- 

 SECTION 2.11. Extension of Interest Payment Period. 
  
 As long as it is acting in good faith, and so long as no
Event of Default pursuant to paragraphs (c), (e) or (f) of Section 5.01 of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing the Company shall have the right, from time to time and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of
interest on the Debt Securities by extending the interest distribution period on the Debt Securities at any time and from time to time during the term of the Debt Securities, for up to twenty consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended
interest distribution period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any Additional Interest that may be due and payable). No Extension Period may end on a date other than an
Interest Payment Date or extend beyond the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date (to the extent redeemed) or any Special Redemption Date, as the case may be. During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debt Securities, and
interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as “Deferred Interest”) will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly
from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period, to the extent permitted by law. No interest or Deferred Interest shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof. At
the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debt Securities; provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date; and provided
further, however, that during any such Extension Period, the Company shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 3.08 of this Indenture. Prior to the termination of any Extension Period, the Company may further
extend such period, provided, that such period together with all such previous and further consecutive extensions thereof shall not exceed twenty consecutive quarterly periods, or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any
Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin such Extension Period
(“Notice”) at least one Business Day prior to the earlier of (i) the next succeeding date on which interest on the Debt Securities would have been payable except for the election to begin such Extension Period or (ii) the date
such interest is payable, but in any event not later than the related regular record date. The Notice shall describe, in reasonable detail, why the Company has elected to begin an Extension Period. The Notice shall acknowledge and affirm the
Company’s understanding that it is prohibited from issuing dividends and other distributions during the Extension Period. Upon receipt of the Notice, an Initial Purchaser shall have the right, at its sole discretion, to disclose the name of the
Company, the fact that the Company has elected to begin an Extension Period and other information that such Initial Purchaser, at its sole discretion, deems relevant to the Company’s election to begin an Extension Period. The Trustee shall give
notice of the Company’s election to begin a new Extension Period to the Securityholders. 
  
 SECTION 2.12. CUSIP Numbers. 
  
 The Company in issuing the Debt Securities may use a “CUSIP” number (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use a “CUSIP” number in notices of redemption as a convenience to
Securityholders; provided, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such number either as printed on the Debt Securities or as 

  

 -18- 

 
contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Debt Securities, and any such
redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP number. 
  
 SECTION 2.13. Income Tax Certification. 
  
 As a condition to the payment of any principal of or interest on the Debt Securities without the imposition
of withholding tax, the Trustee shall require the previous delivery of properly completed and signed applicable U.S. federal income tax certifications (generally, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a
person that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701 (a)(30) of the Code (under and as defined in the Declaration) or an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a person
that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, and any other certification acceptable to it to enable the Trustee or any Paying Agent to determine their respective duties and liabilities
with respect to any taxes or other charges that they may be required to pay, deduct or withhold in respect of such Debt Securities. 
  
 ARTICLE III 
  
 PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY 
  
 SECTION 3.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest; Agreed Treatment of the Debt Securities. 
  
 (a) The Company covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid all payments due on the Debt Securities at
the place, at the respective times and in the manner provided in this Indenture and the Debt Securities. At the option of the Company, each installment of interest on the Debt Securities may be paid (i) by mailing checks for such interest
payable to the order of the holders of Debt Securities entitled thereto as they appear on the Debt Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer to any account with a banking institution located in the United States designated by such holders to
the Paying Agent no later than the related record date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture or any Debt Security, if the Trust or the Trustee of the Trust is the holder of any Debt Security, then all payments in
respect of such Debt Security shall be made by the Company in immediately available funds when due. 
  
 (b) The Company will treat the Debt Securities as indebtedness, and the interest payable in respect of such Debt Securities as interest,
for all U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a condition to the payment of any principal of or interest on any Debt Security without the imposition of withholding tax, the Company shall require the previous delivery of properly completed and signed
applicable U.S. federal income tax certifications (generally, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a Person that is a U.S. Person or an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) in
the case of a Person that is not a U.S. Person and any other certification acceptable to it to enable the Company and the Trustee to determine their respective duties and liabilities with respect to any 

  

 -19- 

 
taxes or other charges that they may be required to pay or withhold in respect of such Debt Security or the holder of such Debt Security under any present or
future law or regulation of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority therein or to comply with any reporting or other requirements under any such law or regulation. 
  
 (c) As of the date of this Indenture, the Company represents
that it has no intention to exercise its right under Section 2.11 to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by commencing an Extension Period. 
  

SECTION 3.02. Offices for Notices and Payments, etc. 
  

So long as any of the Debt Securities remain outstanding, the Company will maintain in New York, New York an office or agency where the
Debt Securities may be presented for payment, an office or agency where the Debt Securities may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in this Indenture and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the
Company in respect of the Debt Securities or of this Indenture may be served. The Company hereby appoints the Trustee at LaSalle Bank National Association, 135 S. LaSalle Street, Suite 1511, Chicago, Illinois 60603, attention: CDO Trust Services
Group – Centennial Capital Trust III as such office or agency. In case the Company shall fail to maintain any such office or shall fail to give such notice of the location or of any change in the location thereof, presentations and demands may
be made and notices may be served at the Principal Office of the Trustee. 
  
 In addition to any such office or agency, the Company may from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Debt Securities may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange in
the manner provided in this Indenture, and the Company may from time to time rescind such designation, as the Company may deem desirable or expedient; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner
relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain any such office or agency in New York, New York for the purposes above mentioned. The Company will give to the Trustee prompt written notice of any such designation or rescission thereof. 

 
 SECTION 3.03. Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s
Office. 
  
 The Company, whenever necessary
to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 6.09, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder. 
  
 SECTION 3.04. Provision as to Paying Agent. 
  
 (a) If the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, it will cause such Paying Agent to
execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provision of this Section 3.04: 
  
 (1) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of all payments due on the Debt Securities (whether such sums have
been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Debt Securities) in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debt Securities; 
  

 -20- 

 (2) that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company (or
by any other obligor on the Debt Securities) to make any payment on the Debt Securities when the same shall be due and payable; and 
  
 (3) that it will, at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to
the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent. 
  
 (b) If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the payments due on the Debt Securities, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Debt
Securities a sum sufficient to pay such payments so becoming due and will notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor under the Debt Securities) to make any payment on
the Debt Securities when the same shall become due and payable. 
  
 Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Debt Securities, it will, on or prior to each due date of the payments on the Debt Securities, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay all
payments so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure to act.

  
 (c) Anything in this Section 3.04 to the
contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge with respect to the Debt Securities, or for any other reason, pay, or direct any Paying Agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in
trust by the Company or any such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same terms and conditions herein contained. 
  
 (d) Anything in this Section 3.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this
Section 3.04 is subject to Sections 12.03 and 12.04. 
  
 (e) The Company hereby initially appoints the Trustee to act as Paying Agent (the “Paying Agent”). 
  
 SECTION 3.05. Certificate to Trustee. 
  
 The Company will deliver to the Trustee on or before 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, so long as Debt Securities are
outstanding hereunder, a Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any default by the Company in the performance of any covenants of the
Company contained herein, stating whether or not they have knowledge of any such default and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signers have knowledge and the nature thereof. 
  
 SECTION 3.06. Additional Interest. 
  
 If and for so long as the Trust is the holder of all Debt
Securities and is subject to or otherwise required to pay, or is required to withhold from distributions to holders of Trust 

  

 -21- 

 
Securities, any additional taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges as a result of a Tax Event, the Company
will pay such additional amounts (the “Additional Interest”) on the Debt Securities as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by the Trust for distribution to holders of Trust Securities after paying all taxes
(including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges will be equal to the amounts the Trust would have received and retained for distribution to holders of Trust Securities after paying all taxes (including withholding
taxes on distributions to holders of Trust Securities), duties, assessments or other governmental charges if no such additional taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges had been imposed. Whenever in this Indenture or the Debt
Securities there is a reference in any context to the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of payments of the Additional Interest provided for in this
paragraph to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph and express mention of the payment of Additional Interest (if applicable) in any
provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made; provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture
or any Debt Security, the deferral of the payment of interest during an Extension Period pursuant to Section 2.11 shall not defer the payment of any Additional Interest that may be due and payable. 
  
 SECTION 3.07. Compliance with Consolidation Provisions. 
  
 The Company will not, while any of the Debt Securities
remain outstanding, consolidate with, or merge into any other Person, or merge into itself, or sell, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or capital stock to any other Person unless the provisions of
Article XI hereof are complied with. 
  
 SECTION 3.08.
Limitation on Dividends. 
  
 If Debt
Securities are initially issued to the Trust or a trustee of such Trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by the Trust (regardless of whether Debt Securities continue to be held by such Trust) and (i) there shall have occurred
and be continuing an Event of Default, (ii) the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Capital Securities Guarantee or (iii) the Company shall have given notice of its election to defer
payments of interest on the Debt Securities by extending the interest distribution period as provided herein and such period, or any extension thereof, shall have commenced and be continuing, then the Company may not (A) declare or pay any
dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or (B) make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase
or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debt Securities or (C) make any payment under any guarantees of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects
with or junior in interest to the Capital Securities Guarantee (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company (I) in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other
similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (II) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or (III) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of
the 

  

 -22- 

 
Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock), as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the
occurrence of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, (b) as a result of any exchange, reclassification, combination or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for
any class or series of the Company’s capital stock or of any class or series of the Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the
Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder’s rights plan, or the
issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder’s rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend
stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock). 
  
 SECTION 3.09. Covenants as to the Trust. 
  
 For so long as such Trust Securities remain outstanding, the
Company shall maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Company under this Indenture that is a U.S. Person may succeed to the Company’s ownership of such Common
Securities. The Company, as owner of the Common Securities, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trust (a) to remain a statutory trust, except in connection with a distribution of Debt Securities to the holders of Trust
Securities in liquidation of the Trust, the redemption of all of the Trust Securities or certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration, (b) to otherwise continue to be classified as a grantor trust for
United States federal income tax purposes and (c) to cause each holder of Trust Securities to be treated as owning an undivided beneficial interest in the Debt Securities. 
  
 ARTICLE IV 
  
 LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE 
  
 SECTION 4.01. Securityholders’ Lists. 
  
 The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee: 
  
 (a) on each regular record date for an Interest Payment
Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Securityholders of the Debt Securities as of such record date; and 
  
 (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the
Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished, except that no such lists need be furnished under this Section 4.01 so long as the Trustee is in
possession thereof by reason of its acting as Debt Security registrar. 
  

 -23- 

 SECTION 4.02. Preservation and Disclosure of Lists. 
  
 (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Debt Securities (1) contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.01 or (2) received by it in the capacity of Debt
Securities registrar (if so acting) hereunder. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 4.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished. 
  
 (b) In case three or more holders of Debt Securities (hereinafter referred to as “applicants”)
apply in writing to the Trustee and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Debt Security for a period of at least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the
applicants desire to communicate with other holders of Debt Securities with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Debt Securities and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants
propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, at the election of the Company, either: 
  
 (1) afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection
(a) of this Section 4.02, or 
  
 (2)
inform such applicants as to the approximate number of holders of Debt Securities whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this
Section 4.02, and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application. 
  
 If the Company shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon
the written request of such applicants, mail to each Securityholder of Debt Securities whose name and address appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this
Section 4.02 a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the
reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within five days after such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants, and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if permitted or required by applicable law, together with a copy of the
material to be mailed, a written statement of the Company to the effect that such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the holders of all Debt Securities, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written
statement shall specify the basis of such opinion. If said Commission, as permitted or required by applicable law, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to
sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections, said Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an
order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all such Securityholders with reasonable promptness after the entry of such 

  

 -24- 

 
order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.

  
 (c) Each and every holder of Debt Securities,
by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of
the holders of Debt Securities in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 4.02, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of
mailing any material pursuant to a request made under said subsection (b). 
  
 ARTICLE V 
  
 REMEDIES OF THE
TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT 
  
 SECTION
5.01. Events of Default. 
  
 The following
events shall be “Events of Default” with respect to Debt Securities: 
  
 (a) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debt Security when it becomes due and payable (unless the Company has
elected and may defer interest payments pursuant to Section 2.11), and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; for the avoidance of doubt, an extension of any interest distribution period by the Company in accordance with
Section 2.11 of this Indenture shall not constitute a default under this clause 5.01(a); or 
  
 (b) the Company defaults in the payment of all or any part of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Debt Securities as and when
the same shall become due and payable either at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration of acceleration pursuant to Section 5.01 of this Indenture or otherwise; or 
  
 (c) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest upon any Debt Security when it becomes due and
payable following the nonpayment of any such interest for 20 or more consecutive quarterly periods; or 
  
 (d) the Company defaults in the performance of, or breaches, any of its covenants or agreements in Sections 3.06, 3.07, 3.08 or 3.09 of
this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by
registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debt Securities, a written notice specifying such default or breach
and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or 
  
 (e) a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case
under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, 

  

 -25- 

 
assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or for any substantial part of its property, or orders the winding-up or
liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or 
  
 (f) the Company shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar
official) of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or 
  
 (g) the Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily
liquidated, dissolved, wound-up its business or otherwise terminated its existence except in connection with (1) the distribution of the Debt Securities to holders of the Trust Securities in liquidation of their interests in the Trust,
(2) the redemption of all of the outstanding Trust Securities or (3) certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration. 
  
 If an Event of Default specified under clause (c) of this Section 5.01 occurs and is continuing
with respect to the Debt Securities, then, and in each and every such case, unless the principal of the Debt Securities shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount
of the Debt Securities then outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Securityholders), may declare the entire principal of the Debt Securities and any premium and interest accrued, but unpaid,
thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified under clause (e) or (f) of this Section 5.01 occurs, then, in each
and every such case, the entire principal amount of the Debt Securities and any premium and interest accrued, but unpaid, thereon shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without further action. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Section 5.01, if at any time during the period in which this Indenture remains in force and effect, the Company ceases or elects to cease to be subject to the supervision and regulations of the Federal Reserve, OTS, OCC or
similar regulatory authority overseeing bank, thrift, savings and loan or financial holding companies or similar institutions requiring specifications for the treatment of capital similar in nature to the capital adequacy guidelines under the
Federal Reserve rules and regulations, then the first sentence of this paragraph shall be deemed to include clauses (a), (b) and (d) under this Section 5.01 as an Event of Default resulting in an acceleration of payment of the Debt
Securities to the same extent as provided herein for clause (c). 
  
 With respect to clause (d) of this Section 5.01, the Company agrees that in the event of a breach by the Company of its covenants or agreements mentioned therein, any remedy at law or in damages may prove
inadequate and therefore the Company agrees that the Trustee shall be entitled to injunctive relief against the Company in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Company, in addition to any other relief (including damages) available to
the Trustee under this Indenture or under law. 
  

 -26- 

 The foregoing provisions, however, are subject to the condition that if, at any time
after the principal of the Debt Securities shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, (i) the Company shall pay
or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Debt Securities and all payments on the Debt Securities which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon all
such payments and Deferred Interest, to the extent permitted by law) and such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other
amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.06, if any, and (ii) all Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the non-payment of the payments on Debt Securities which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been
cured, waived or otherwise remedied as provided herein, and in each and every such case the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive
all defaults and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent thereon; provided, however, that if
the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, such waiver or rescission and annulment shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust
shall have consented to such waiver or rescission and annulment. 
  
 In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such rescission or annulment or for any other reason or
shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debt Securities shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies
and powers of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Debt Securities shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken. 
  
 SECTION 5.02. Payment of Debt Securities on Default; Suit Therefor. 
  
 The Company covenants that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default pursuant to clause 5.01(a), 5.01(b) or
5.01(c), and upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Debt Securities, the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on all Debt Securities including Deferred Interest
accrued on the Debt Securities; and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including a reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and any other
amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06. In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any
actions or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or any
other obligor on such Debt Securities and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor on such Debt Securities wherever situated the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable. 
  

 -27- 

 In case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization
of the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities under Bankruptcy Law, or in case a receiver or trustee shall have been appointed for the property of the Company or such other obligor, or in the case of any other similar judicial
proceedings relative to the Company or other obligor upon the Debt Securities, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Debt Securities shall then be due and
payable as therein expressed or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.02, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in
such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Debt Securities and, in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other
papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for
reimbursement of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06) and of the Securityholders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities, or to the creditors or property of
the Company or such other obligor, unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the holders of the Debt Securities in any election of a trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or other
bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or Person performing similar functions in comparable proceedings, and to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute the same after the deduction
of its charges and expenses; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of the Securityholders to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all
other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06. 
  
 Nothing herein contained shall be construed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
affecting the Debt Securities or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding. 
  
 All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Debt Securities, may
be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Debt Securities, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name
as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Debt Securities. 
  
 In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to
which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the holders of the Debt Securities, and it shall not be necessary to make any holders of the Debt Securities parties to any such proceedings. 
  

 -28- 

 SECTION 5.03. Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee. 
  
 Any moneys collected by the Trustee shall be applied in the
following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such moneys, upon presentation of the several Debt Securities in respect of which moneys have been collected, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially
paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 
  
 First: To the payment of costs and expenses incurred by, and reasonable fees of, the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and of all other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 6.06; 
  
 Second: To the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the
Company if and to the extent required by Article XV; 
  
 Third: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon Debt Securities, in respect of which or for the benefit of which money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due on
such Debt Securities; and 
  
 Fourth: The
balance, if any, to the Company. 
  
 SECTION 5.04. Proceedings
by Securityholders. 
  
 No holder of any Debt
Security shall have any right to institute any suit, action or proceeding for any remedy hereunder, unless such holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities and unless
the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities then outstanding shall have given the Trustee a written request to institute such action, suit or proceeding and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable
indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred thereby, and the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or
proceeding; provided, that no holder of Debt Securities shall have any right to prejudice the rights of any other holder of Debt Securities, obtain priority or preference over any other such holder or enforce any right under this Indenture
except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Debt Securities. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, however, the right of any holder of any Debt Security to receive payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debt Security when due, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder. For the protection and enforcement of the
provisions of this Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity. 
  
 SECTION 5.05. Proceedings by Trustee. 
  
 In case of an Event of Default hereunder the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this
Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether 

  

 -29- 

 
for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to
enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law. 
  
 SECTION 5.06. Remedies Cumulative and Continuing. 
  
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.06, all powers and remedies given by this Article V to the Trustee or to the
Securityholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Debt Securities, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the
performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to the Debt Securities, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder of any of the Debt Securities to exercise
any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of
Section 5.04, every power and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Securityholders. 

 
 SECTION 5.07. Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by
Majority of Securityholders. 
  
 The holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities affected (voting as one class) at the time outstanding and, if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation
amount of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with
respect to such Debt Securities; provided, however, that if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, such time, method and place or such exercise, as the case may be, may not be so directed until the holders
of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have directed such time, method and place or such exercise, as the case may be; provided, further, that (subject to the provisions of
Section 6.01) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel shall determine that the action so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the holders not taking part in such
direction or if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall determine that the action or proceedings so directed would involve
the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to any declaration of acceleration, or ipso facto acceleration, of the maturity of the Debt Securities, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding
may on behalf of the holders of all of the Debt Securities waive (or modify any previously granted waiver of) any past default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on any of the Debt Securities, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debt Security affected, or (c) in respect of the covenants contained in
Section 3.09; provided, however, that if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority 

  

 -30- 

 
in Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities of the Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver; provided,
further, that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debt Security is required, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the outstanding Capital Securities of the Trust shall have
consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver. Upon any such waiver or modification to such waiver, the Default or Event of Default covered thereby shall be deemed to be cured for all purposes of this Indenture and the Company, the Trustee
and the holders of the Debt Securities shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver or modification to such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair
any right consequent thereon. Whenever any Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section 5.07, said Default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debt Securities and this Indenture be
deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing. 
  
 SECTION
5.08. Notice of Defaults. 
  
 The Trustee
shall, within 90 days after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have actual knowledge or received written notice of the occurrence of a Default with respect to the Debt Securities, mail to all Securityholders, as the names and addresses of
such holders appear upon the Debt Security Register, notice of all Defaults with respect to the Debt Securities known to the Trustee, unless such defaults shall have been cured before the giving of such notice (the term “defaults” for the
purpose of this Section 5.08 being hereby defined to be the events specified in subsections (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of Section 5.01, not including periods of grace, if any, provided for therein); provided, that,
except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debt Securities, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good
faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders. 
  
 SECTION 5.09. Undertaking to Pay Costs. 
  
 All parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Debt Security by such holder’s acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have
agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant
in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to
the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.09 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of
Securityholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Debt Securities (or, if such Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, more than 10% in liquidation amount of the outstanding Capital
Securities), to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debt Security against the Company on or after the same shall have become due and payable, or to
any suit instituted in accordance with Section 14.12. 
  

 -31- 

 ARTICLE VI 
  
 CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE 
  
 SECTION 6.01. Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee. 
  
 With respect to the holders of Debt Securities issued hereunder, the Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect
to the Debt Securities and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, with respect to the Debt Securities, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. In
case an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in
their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
  
 No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
  
 (a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred 
  
 (1) the duties and obligations of the Trustee with respect
to the Debt Securities shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations with respect to the Debt Securities as are specifically set
forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
  
 (2) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are
specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture; 
  
 (b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
  
 (c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good
faith, in accordance with the direction of the Securityholders pursuant to Section 5.07, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred
upon the Trustee, under this Indenture; 
  

 -32- 

 (d) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default
with respect to the Debt Securities unless either (1) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by
the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities or by any holder of the Debt Securities, except with respect to an Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.01(a), 5.01(b) or 5.01(c) hereof (other than an Event of Default resulting from the
default in the payment of Additional Interest or premium, if any, if the Trustee does not have actual knowledge or written notice that such payment is due and payable), of which the Trustee shall be deemed to have knowledge; and 
  
 (e) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee,
the Trustee may seek and rely on reasonable instructions from the Company. 
  
 None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise
of any of its rights or powers. 
  
 SECTION 6.02. Reliance on
Documents, Opinions, etc. 
  
 Except as
otherwise provided in Section 6.01: 
  
 (a)
the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, note, debenture or other paper or
document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties; 
  
 (b) any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’
Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company; 
  
 (c) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection
and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel; 
  
 (d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any
of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security
or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby; 
  
 (e) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or
within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities (that has
not been cured or waived) to exercise with respect to the Debt Securities such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in 

  

 -33- 

 
their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs; 
  
 (f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation
into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the
holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debt Securities affected thereby; provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities
likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity
against such expense or liability as a condition to so proceeding; and 
  
 (g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents (including any Authenticating Agent) or attorneys, and the Trustee shall not be
responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed by it with due care. 
  
 SECTION 6.03. No Responsibility for Recitals, etc. 
  
 The recitals contained herein and in the Debt Securities (except in the certificate of authentication of the Trustee or the Authenticating
Agent) shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the Trustee and the Authenticating Agent assume no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent make no representations as to the validity or
sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Debt Securities. The Trustee and the Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Debt Securities or the proceeds of any Debt Securities authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 6.04. Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agents, Transfer Agents or Registrar May Own Debt Securities. 
  
 The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent or any Paying Agent
or any transfer agent or any Debt Security registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debt Securities with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, transfer
agent or Debt Security registrar. 
  
 SECTION 6.05. Moneys to
be Held in Trust. 
  
 Subject to the
provisions of Section 12.04, all moneys received by the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purpose for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law. The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company. So long as no Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed on any such moneys, if any, shall be paid from time to time to the Company upon the written order of 

  

 -34- 

 
the Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or an Assistant
Treasurer of the Company. 
  
 SECTION 6.06. Compensation and
Expenses of Trustee. 
  
 Other than as
provided in the Fee Agreement of even date herewith between Cohen Bros. & Company, the Trustee, the Company and Delaware Trustee (as defined in the Declaration), the Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and
the Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation as shall be agreed to in writing between the Company and the Trustee (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust), and the
Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its written request for all documented reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the
reasonable compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance that arises from its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.
The Company also covenants to indemnify each of the Trustee (including in its individual capacity) and any predecessor Trustee (and its officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim,
liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee), except to the extent such loss, damage, claim, liability or expense results from the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of such indemnitee, arising
out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in the premises. The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.06 to
compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for documented expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by (and the Company hereby
grants and pledges to the Trustee) a lien prior to that of the Debt Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Debt Securities. 

 
 Without prejudice to any other rights available to the
Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in subsections (e), (f) or (g) of Section 5.01, the expenses (including the reasonable charges and
expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law. 
  
 The provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation
or removal of the Trustee and the defeasance or other termination of this Indenture. 
  
 Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture or any Debt Security to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to
advance funds to pay any principal of or interest on or other amounts with respect to the Debt Securities or otherwise advance funds to or on behalf of the Company. 
  

 -35- 

 SECTION 6.07. Officers’ Certificate as Evidence. 
  
 Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.01 and 6.02,
whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in
respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the
Trustee, and such certificate, in the absence of negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith
thereof. 
  
 SECTION 6.08. Eligibility of Trustee.

  
 The Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a
U.S. Person that is a banking corporation or national association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or of the District of Columbia and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate
trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least fifty million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000) and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation or national association
publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.08 the combined capital and surplus of such corporation or
national association shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent records of condition so published. 
  
 The Company may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, serve
as Trustee, notwithstanding that such corporation or national association shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this Article. 
  
 In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.08, the Trustee shall
resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.09. 
  
 If the Trustee has or shall acquire any “conflicting interest” within the meaning of § 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act,
the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION 6.09. Resignation or Removal of Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or Debt Security Registrar. 
  
 (a) The Trustee, or any trustee or trustees hereafter
appointed, the Calculation Agent, the Paying Agent and any Debt Security Registrar may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and by mailing notice thereof, at the Company’s expense, to the holders of the
Debt Securities at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debt Security Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor or successors by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of
its Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning party 

  

 -36- 

 
and one copy to the successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of
resignation to the affected Securityholders, the resigning party may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor, or any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security or Debt Securities for at
least six months may, subject to the provisions of Section 5.09, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any,
as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor. 
  
 (b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur: 
  
 (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 6.08 after written request therefor by the
Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security or Debt Securities for at least six months, 
  
 (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.08 and shall fail to resign after written
request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder, or 
  
 (3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of
the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, 
  
 then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the
Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor Trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 5.09, if no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and have
accepted appointment within 30 days of the occurrence of any of (1), (2) or (3) above, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Debt Security or Debt Securities for at least six months may, on behalf of himself or herself
and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe,
remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee. 
  
 (c) Upon prior written notice to the Company and the Trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor Trustee, which
shall be deemed appointed as successor Trustee unless within ten Business Days after such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case or in the case of a failure by such holders to nominate a successor Trustee, the Trustee so removed or
any Securityholder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in subsection (a) of this Section 6.09 provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor. 
  
 (d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee, the
Calculation Agent, the Paying Agent and any Debt Security Registrar and appointment of a successor pursuant to any of 

  

 -37- 

 
the provisions of this Section 6.09 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor as provided in Section 6.10. 

 
 SECTION 6.10. Acceptance by Successor. 
  
 Any successor Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or
Debt Security Registrar appointed as provided in Section 6.09 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the
retiring party shall become effective and such successor, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations with respect to the Debt Securities of its predecessor hereunder, with
like effect as if originally named herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor, the party ceasing to act shall, upon payment of the amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.06, execute
and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor all the rights and powers of the party so ceasing to act and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor all property and money held by such retiring party hereunder. Upon
reasonable request of any such successor, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor all such rights and powers. Any party ceasing to act shall, nevertheless,
retain a lien upon all property or funds held or collected to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.06. 
  
 If a successor Trustee is appointed, the Company, the retiring Trustee and the successor Trustee shall execute and deliver an indenture
supplemental hereto which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities as to which the predecessor
Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust hereunder by more
than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart
from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee. 
  
 No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 6.10 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be eligible and qualified under the provisions of
Section 6.08. 
  
 In no event shall a
retiring Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or Debt Security Registrar be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor hereunder. 
  
 Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or Debt Security Registrar as provided in this
Section 6.10, the Company shall mail notice of the succession to the holders of Debt Securities at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debt Security Register. If the Company fails to mail such notice within ten Business Days after the
acceptance of appointment by the successor, the successor shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Company. 
  

 -38- 

 SECTION 6.11. Succession by Merger, etc. 
  
 Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted
or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee,
shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided, that such Person shall be otherwise eligible and qualified under this Article.

  
 In case at the time such successor to the
Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Debt Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and
deliver such Debt Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debt Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Debt Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder
or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Debt Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided,
however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Debt Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or
consolidation. 
  
 SECTION 6.12. Authenticating Agents.

  
 There may be one or more Authenticating
Agents appointed by the Trustee upon the request of the Company with power to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Debt Securities issued upon exchange or registration of transfer thereof as fully to
all intents and purposes as though any such Authenticating Agent had been expressly authorized to authenticate and deliver Debt Securities; provided, that the Trustee shall have no liability to the Company for any acts or omissions of the
Authenticating Agent with respect to the authentication and delivery of Debt Securities. Any such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state or territory
thereof or of the District of Columbia authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and being subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial or
District of Columbia authority. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually pursuant to law or the requirements of such authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.12 the combined capital and surplus of such Person
shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall
resign immediately in the manner and with the effect herein specified in this Section. 
  
 Any Person into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting
from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of such
Authenticating Agent hereunder, if such successor Person is otherwise eligible 

  

 -39- 

 
under this Section 6.12 without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or such Authenticating Agent.

  
 Any Authenticating Agent may at any time
resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent with respect to the Debt Securities by giving written notice of termination to such
Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section 6.12, the Trustee may, and upon the
request of the Company shall, promptly appoint a successor Authenticating Agent eligible under this Section 6.12, shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company and shall mail notice of such appointment to all holders of Debt
Securities as the names and addresses of such holders appear on the Debt Security Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities with
respect to the Debt Securities of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Authenticating Agent herein. 
  
 Other than as provided in the Fee Agreement of even date herewith between Cohen Bros. & Company, the Company, the Trustee and
Delaware Trustee (as defined in the Declaration), the Company agrees to pay to any Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. Any Authenticating Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any action
taken by it as such in accordance with the directions of the Trustee and shall receive such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in furtherance of its duties under this Section 6.12.

  
 ARTICLE VII 
  
 CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS 
  
 SECTION 7.01. Action by Securityholders. 
  
 Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders
of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities or aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver
or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action the holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed
by such Securityholders or holders of Capital Securities, as the case may be, in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of such holders of Debt Securities voting in favor thereof at any meeting of such
Securityholders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII or of such holders of Capital Securities duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of the Declaration, or (c) by a combination of such
instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of such Securityholders or holders of Capital Securities, as the case may be, or (d) by any other method the Trustee deems satisfactory. 
  
 If the Company shall solicit from the Securityholders any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, the 

  

 -40- 

 
Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such Debt Securities for the determination of
Securityholders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action or revocation of the same may be given before or after the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to
be Securityholders for the purposes of determining whether Securityholders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Debt Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other action or revocation of the same, and for that purpose the outstanding Debt Securities shall be computed as of the record date; provided, however, that no such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the
record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date. 
  
 SECTION 7.02. Proof of Execution by Securityholders. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 8.05, proof of the execution of any instrument by a
Securityholder or such Securityholder’s agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The
ownership of Debt Securities shall be proved by the Debt Security Register or by a certificate of the Debt Security Registrar. The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem necessary.

  
 The record of any Securityholders’
meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 8.06. 
  
 SECTION 7.03. Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners. 
  
 Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debt Security, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent and any Debt Security registrar may deem the Person
in whose name such Debt Security shall be registered upon the Debt Security Register to be, and may treat such Person as, the absolute owner of such Debt Security (whether or not such Debt Security shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving
payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debt Security and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any transfer agent nor any
Debt Security registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being or upon such holder’s order shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy
and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debt Security. 
  
 SECTION 7.04. Debt Securities Owned by Company Deemed Not Outstanding. 
  
 In determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities have concurred in any direction, consent
or waiver under this Indenture, Debt 

  

 -41- 

 
Securities which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Debt Securities or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or
under direct or indirect common control with the Company (other than the Trust) or any other obligor on the Debt Securities shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; provided, that for
the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Debt Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Debt
Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 7.04 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to vote such Debt
Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any such other obligor or Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor. In the case of a
dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee. 
  
 SECTION 7.05. Revocation of Consents; Future Securityholders Bound. 
  
 At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 7.01, of the
taking of any action by the holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any holder (in cases where no record date has been set pursuant to
Section 7.01) or any holder as of an applicable record date (in cases where a record date has been set pursuant to Section 7.01) of a Debt Security (or any Debt Security issued in whole or in part in exchange or substitution therefor) the
serial number of which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Debt Securities the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee and upon proof of holding
as provided in Section 7.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Debt Security (or so far as concerns the principal amount represented by any exchanged or substituted Debt Security). Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the
holder of any Debt Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of such Debt Security, and of any Debt Security issued in exchange or substitution therefor or on registration of transfer thereof,
irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debt Security or any Debt Security issued in exchange or substitution therefor. 
  

ARTICLE VIII 
  
 SECURITYHOLDERS’ MEETINGS 
  
 SECTION 8.01. Purposes of Meetings. 
  
 A meeting of Securityholders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII for any of the following purposes: 
  
 (a) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee, or
to give any directions to the Trustee, or to consent to the waiving of any default hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Securityholders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article V; 
  

 -42- 

 (b) to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of
Article VI; 
  
 (c) to consent to the execution
of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.02; or 
  
 (d) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of such
Debt Securities under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law. 
  
 SECTION 8.02. Call of Meetings by Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Securityholders to take any action specified in Section 8.01, to be held at such time
and at such place in The City of New York, the Borough of Manhattan, or Houston, Texas, as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Securityholders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the
action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be mailed to holders of Debt Securities affected at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debt Securities Register. Such notice shall be mailed not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to
the date fixed for the meeting. 
  
 SECTION 8.03. Call of
Meetings by Company or Securityholders. 
  
 In case at any time the Company pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities, as the case may be, then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of
Securityholders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed the notice of such meeting within 20 days after receipt of such request, then the Company or
such Securityholders may determine the time and the place in for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 8.01, by mailing notice thereof as provided in Section 8.02. 
  
 SECTION 8.04. Qualifications for Voting. 
  
 To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Securityholders a
Person shall be (a) a holder of one or more Debt Securities with respect to which the meeting is being held or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a holder of one or more such Debt Securities. The only Persons
who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Securityholders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company
and its counsel. 
  
 SECTION 8.05. Regulations. 

 
 Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture,
the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Securityholders, in regard to proof of the holding of Debt Securities and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of
inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, 

  

 -43- 

 
certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. 

 
 The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a
temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Securityholders as provided in Section 8.03, in which case the Company or the Securityholders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in
like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by majority vote at the meeting. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Section 7.04, at any meeting each holder of Debt Securities with respect to which such meeting is being
held or proxy therefor shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Debt Securities held or represented by such holder; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Debt
Security challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Debt Securities held by such chairman or instruments in writing as
aforesaid duly designating such chairman as the Person to vote on behalf of other Securityholders. Any meeting of Securityholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.02 or 8.03 may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of
those present, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice. 
  
 SECTION 8.06. Voting. 
  
 The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of holders of Debt Securities with respect to which such meeting is being held shall
be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of such holders or of their representatives by proxy and the serial number or numbers of the Debt Securities held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall
appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in triplicate of all votes cast at the meeting.
A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Securityholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken
thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed as provided in Section 8.02. The record shall show the serial numbers of the
Debt Securities voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other
to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated. 
  
 SECTION 8.07. Quorum; Actions. 
  
 The Persons entitled to vote a majority in outstanding
principal amount of the Debt Securities shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Securityholders; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice,
authorization, direction or other action which may be given by the holders of not 

  

 -44- 

 
less than a specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities, the Persons holding or representing such specified percentage in
outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities will constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Securityholders, be dissolved. In
any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such
adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the permanent chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be
given as provided in Section 8.02, except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state
expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities which shall constitute a quorum. 
  
 Except as limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 9.02, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting
duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities; provided, however, that, except as
limited by the proviso in the first paragraph of Section 9.02, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be given by the
holders of not less than a specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid only by the affirmative vote of
the holders of not less than such specified percentage in outstanding principal amount of the Debt Securities. 
  
 Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of holders of Debt Securities duly held in accordance with this Section shall be
binding on all the Securityholders, whether or not present or represented at the meeting. 
  
 SECTION 8.08. Written Consent Without a Meeting. 
  
 Whenever under this Indenture, Securityholders are required or permitted to take any action by vote, such action may be taken without a
meeting on written consent, setting forth the action so taken, signed by the Securityholders of all outstanding Debt Securities entitled to vote thereon. No consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein unless, within sixty days
of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this paragraph to the Trustee, written consents signed by a sufficient number of Securityholders to take action are delivered to the Trustee at its Principal Office. Delivery made to
the Trustee at its Principal Office, shall be by hand or by certificated or registered mail, return receipt requested. Written consent thus given by the Securityholders of such number of Debt Securities as is required hereunder, shall have the same
effect as a valid vote of Securityholders of such number of Debt Securities. 
  

 -45- 

 ARTICLE IX 
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES 
  
 SECTION 9.01. Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Securityholders. 
  
 The Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time
enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto, without the consent of the Securityholders, for one or more of the following purposes: 
  
 (a) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor Person of
the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company, pursuant to Article XI hereof; 
  
 (b) to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions for the protection of the holders of Debt
Securities as the Board of Directors shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of such Debt Securities, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a Default in any of such additional covenants, restrictions or
conditions a Default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; provided, however, that in respect of any such additional covenant,
restriction or condition such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon
such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default; 
  
 (c) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be
defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make or amend such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided, that any such action
shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debt Securities; 
  
 (d) to add to, delete from, or revise the terms of Debt Securities, including, without limitation, any terms relating to the issuance,
exchange, registration or transfer of Debt Securities, including to provide for transfer procedures and restrictions substantially similar to those applicable to the Capital Securities, as required by Section 2.05 (for purposes of assuring that
no registration of Debt Securities is required under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended); provided, that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debt Securities then outstanding (it being understood, for
purposes of this proviso, that transfer restrictions on Debt Securities substantially similar to those applicable to Capital Securities shall not be deemed to adversely affect the holders of the Debt Securities); 
  
 (e) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of
appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more
than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.10; 
  

 -46- 

 (f) to make any change (other than as elsewhere provided in this paragraph) that does not
adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect; or 
  
 (g) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Debt Securities, to establish the form of any certifications required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of this Indenture
or the Debt Securities, or to add to the rights of the holders of Debt Securities. 
  
 The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further
appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any such
supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
  
 Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.01 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without
the consent of the holders of any of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.02. 
  
 SECTION 9.02. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders. 
  
 With the consent (evidenced as provided in Section 7.01) of the holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding affected by such supplemental indenture, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or
indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, then in effect, applicable to indentures qualified thereunder) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debt Securities; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall without such consent of
the holders of each Debt Security then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the Maturity Date of any Debt Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate (or manner of calculation of the rate)
or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce (other than as a result of the maturity or earlier redemption of any such Debt Security in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Debt Security) or increase the aggregate
principal amount of Debt Securities then outstanding, or change any of the redemption provisions, or make the principal thereof or any interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than United States Dollars, or impair or affect
the right of any Securityholder to institute suit for payment thereof or impair the right of repayment, if any, at the option of the holder, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debt Securities the holders of which are required to consent
to any such supplemental indenture; and provided, further, that if the Debt Securities are held by the Trust or a trustee of such trust, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in Liquidation
Amount of the outstanding Capital Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture; provided, further, that if the consent of the Securityholder of each outstanding Debt Security is required, such supplemental indenture
shall not be effective until each holder of the outstanding Capital Securities shall have consented to such supplemental indenture. 
  

 -47- 

 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the
execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders (and holders of Capital Securities, if required) as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution
of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter
into such supplemental indenture. 
  
 Promptly
after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, a notice, prepared by the Company, setting forth in general
terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the Securityholders as their names and addresses appear upon the Debt Security Register. Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way
impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture. 
  
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall
approve the substance thereof. 
  
 SECTION 9.03. Effect of
Supplemental Indentures. 
  
 Upon the
execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and
immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of Debt Securities shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and
conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes. 
  
 SECTION 9.04. Notation on Debt Securities. 
  
 Debt Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article
IX may bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Debt Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, to any
modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent and delivered in exchange for the Debt Securities then outstanding.

  
 SECTION 9.05. Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental
Indenture to be furnished to Trustee. 
  
 The
Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.02, shall, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.06, receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture
executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article IX. The Trustee shall receive an Opinion of 

  

 -48- 

 
Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms
of this Article IX and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions of this Article IX to join in the execution thereof. 
  
 ARTICLE X 
  
 REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES 
  
 SECTION 10.01. Optional Redemption. 
  
 At any time the Company shall have the right, subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval from any regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company if such approval is then required under applicable
capital guidelines or policies of such regulatory authority, to redeem the Debt Securities, in whole or (provided that all accrued and unpaid interest has been paid on all Debt Securities for all Interest Periods terminating on or prior to such
date) from time to time in part, on any March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15 on or after December 15 (the “Redemption Date”), at the Redemption Price. 
  
 SECTION 10.02. Special Event Redemption. 
  
 If a Special Event shall occur and be continuing, the
Company shall have the right, subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval from any regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company if such approval is then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of such
regulatory authority, to redeem the Debt Securities, in whole or in part, at any time within 90 days following the occurrence of such Special Event (the “Special Redemption Date”), at the Special Redemption Price. 
  
 SECTION 10.03. Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debt Securities.

  
 In case the Company shall desire to exercise
the right to redeem all, or, as the case may be, any part of the Debt Securities, it shall fix a date for redemption and shall mail, or cause the Trustee to mail (at the expense of the Company) a notice of such redemption at least 30 and not more
than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the holders of Debt Securities so to be redeemed as a whole or in part at their last addresses as the same appear on the Debt Security Register. Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The
notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the holder of any
Debt Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Debt Security. 
  

Each such notice of redemption shall specify the CUSIP number, if any, of the Debt Securities to be redeemed, the date fixed for
redemption, the redemption price (or manner of calculation of the price) at which Debt Securities are to be redeemed, the place or places of payment, that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities, that interest
accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue. If less than all the Debt Securities are to be
redeemed the notice of redemption shall specify the numbers of the Debt Securities to be redeemed. In case the Debt Securities are to be 

  

 -49- 

 
redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that on and after the
date fixed for redemption, upon surrender of such Debt Security, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued. 
  
 Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date specified in
the notice of redemption given as provided in this Section, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more Paying Agents an amount of money sufficient to redeem on the redemption date all the Debt Securities so called for redemption
at the appropriate redemption price, together with unpaid interest accrued to such date. 
  
 The Company will give the Trustee notice not less than 45 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date as to the Redemption Price at
which the Debt Securities are to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities to be redeemed and the Trustee shall select, in such manner as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debt Securities or
portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000) to be redeemed. 
  
 SECTION 10.04. Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption. 
  
 If notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 10.03, the Debt Securities or portions of Debt Securities with respect
to which such notice has been given shall become due and payable on the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (as the case may be) and at the place or places stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price, together with interest
accrued to the date fixed for redemption, and on and after said Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Debt Securities at the redemption price, together with unpaid interest accrued
thereon to said date) interest on the Debt Securities or portions of Debt Securities so called for redemption shall cease to accrue. On presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities at a place of payment specified in said notice, such Debt
Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the applicable redemption price, together with unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date (as the case may be).

  
 Upon presentation of any Debt Security
redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities of authorized denominations in principal
amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Debt Security so presented. 
  
 ARTICLE XI 
  
 CONSOLIDATION,
MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE 
  
 SECTION 11.01. Company
May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 
  
 Nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities shall prevent any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or corporations (whether or not affiliated with the Company) or successive
consolidations or mergers in which the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall prevent any sale, 

  

 -50- 

 
conveyance, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property or capital stock of the Company or its successor or successors to any
other corporation (whether or not affiliated with the Company, or its successor or successors) authorized to acquire and operate the same; provided, however, that the Company hereby covenants and agrees that, (i) upon any such
consolidation, merger (where the Company is not the surviving corporation), sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, the successor entity shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state thereof
or the District of Columbia (unless such corporation has (1) agreed to make all payments due in respect of the Debt Securities or, if outstanding, the Capital Securities and Capital Securities Guarantee without withholding or deduction for, or
on account of, any taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges under the laws or regulations of the jurisdiction of organization or residence (for tax purposes) of such corporation or any political subdivision or taxing authority
thereof or therein unless required by applicable law, in which case such corporation shall have agreed to pay such additional amounts as shall be required so that the net amounts received and retained by the holders of such Debt Securities or
Capital Securities, as the case may be, after payment of all taxes (including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges, will be equal to the amounts that such holders would have received and retained had no such taxes
(including withholding taxes), duties, assessments or other governmental charges been imposed, (2) irrevocably and unconditionally consented and submitted to the jurisdiction of any United States federal court or New York state court, in each
case located in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, in respect of any action, suit or proceeding against it arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, the Debt Securities, the Capital Securities Guarantee or the Declaration and
irrevocably and unconditionally waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to the laying of venue in any such court or that any such action, suit or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum and (3) irrevocably
appointed an agent in The City of New York for service of process in any action, suit or proceeding referred to in clause (2) above) and such corporation expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Company under the Debt Securities, this
Indenture, the Capital Securities Guarantee and the Declaration and (ii) after giving effect to any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing. 
  
 SECTION 11.02. Successor Entity to be
Substituted. 
  
 In case of any such
consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition contemplated in Section 11.01 and upon the assumption by the successor entity, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory
in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Debt Securities and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture
to be performed or observed by the Company, such successor entity shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Company, and thereupon the predecessor entity shall be relieved of any
further liability or obligation hereunder or upon the Debt Securities. Such successor entity thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Debt Securities issuable hereunder
which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent; and, upon the order of such successor entity instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in
this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee or the Authenticating 

  

 -51- 

 
Agent shall authenticate and deliver any Debt Securities which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company, to the Trustee
or the Authenticating Agent for authentication, and any Debt Securities which such successor entity thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for that purpose. All the Debt Securities so issued
shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Debt Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Debt Securities had been issued at the date
of the execution hereof. 
  
 SECTION 11.03. Opinion of Counsel
to be Given to Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee,
subject to the provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.02, shall receive, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel required by Section 9.05, an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or other
disposition, and any assumption, permitted or required by the terms of this Article XI complies with the provisions of this Article XI. 
  
 ARTICLE XII 
  
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE 
  
 SECTION 12.01. Discharge of Indenture. 
  
 When (a) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Debt Securities theretofore authenticated (other than any Debt Securities which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall
have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.06) and not theretofore canceled, or (b) all the Debt Securities not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their
terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust,
funds, which shall be immediately due and payable, sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all of the Debt Securities (other than any Debt Securities which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid
as provided in Section 2.06) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, but
excluding, however, the amount of any moneys for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities (1) theretofore repaid to the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.04, or
(2) paid to any state or to the District of Columbia pursuant to its unclaimed property or similar laws, and if in the case of either clause (a) or clause (b) the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable
hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect except for the provisions of Sections 2.05, 2.06, 3.01, 3.02, 3.04, 6.06, 6.09 and 12.04 hereof, which shall survive until such Debt Securities shall mature or are
redeemed, as the case may be, and are paid in full. Thereafter, Sections 6.06, 6.09 and 12.04 shall survive, and the Trustee, on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, and at 

  

 -52- 

 
the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture, the Company, however,
hereby agreeing to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Debt Securities. 
  
 SECTION 12.02. Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust by Trustee. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Section 12.04, all moneys
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company if acting as its own Paying Agent), to the holders of the
particular Debt Securities for the payment of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, and premium, if any, and interest. 
  
 SECTION 12.03. Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held. 
  
 Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all
moneys then held by any Paying Agent of the Debt Securities (other than the Trustee) shall, upon demand of the Company, be repaid to the Company or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability
with respect to such moneys. 
  
 SECTION 12.04. Return of
Unclaimed Moneys. 
  
 Any moneys deposited
with or paid to the Trustee or any Paying Agent for payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on Debt Securities and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the holders of Debt Securities for two years after the date upon which
the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on such Debt Securities, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Company by the Trustee or such Paying Agent on written demand; and the holder of any of the
Debt Securities shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which such holder may be entitled to collect and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease. 
  
 ARTICLE XIII 
  
 IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 
  
 SECTION 13.01. Indenture and Debt Securities Solely Corporate Obligations. 
  
 No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium,
if any, or interest on any Debt Security, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in
any such Debt Security, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any
predecessor or successor corporation of the Company, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation of the Company, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or
penalty or otherwise; it being expressly 

  

 -53- 

 
understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and
the issue of the Debt Securities. 
  
 ARTICLE XIV 
  
 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 
  
 SECTION 14.01. Successors. 
  
 All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of
the Company contained in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not. 
  
 SECTION 14.02. Official Acts by Successor Entity. 
  
 Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer
of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee, officer or other authorized Person of any entity that shall at the time be the lawful successor of the Company. 
  
 SECTION 14.03. Surrender of Company Powers. 
  
 The Company by instrument in writing executed by authority
of 2/3 (two-thirds) of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Trustee may surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company and thereupon such power so surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company and as to any permitted successor.

  
 SECTION 14.04. Addresses for Notices, etc. 

 
 Any notice or demand which by any provision of this
Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Securityholders on the Company may be given or served in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and shall be delivered, telecopied (which telecopy shall
be followed by notice delivered or mailed by first class mail) or mailed by first class mail to the Company at: 
  
 1st Centennial Bancorp 
 218 E. State Street 
 Redlands, California 92373 
 Attention: Beth
Sanders 
  
 Any notice, direction, request or
demand by any Securityholder or the Company to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the office of LaSalle Bank National Association at: 
  
 135 S. LaSalle Street, Suite 1511 
 Chicago, Illinois 60603 
 Attn: CDO Trust
Services Group 
  

 -54- 

 SECTION 14.05. Governing Law. 
  
 This Indenture and the Debt Securities shall each be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws
of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of laws principles of said State other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law. 
  
 SECTION 14.06. Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent. 
  
 Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions
of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the opinion of the signers all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied
with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with (except that no such Opinion of Counsel is required to be furnished to the Trustee in connection with the
authentication and issuance of Debt Securities issued on the date of this Indenture). 
  
 Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture (except certificates delivered pursuant to Section 3.05) shall include (a) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions
relating thereto; (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such
person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (d) a statement as to whether or not,
in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 
  
 SECTION 14.07. Non-Business Days. 
  
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Interest Payment Date, other than on the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, falls on a day that is not a Business Day,
then any interest payable will be paid on, and such Interest Payment Date will be moved to, the next succeeding Business Day, and additional interest will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof. If the Maturity Date,
any Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will
accrue in respect of such payment made on such next succeeding Business Day. 
  
 SECTION 14.08. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
  
 The table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  

 -55- 

 SECTION 14.09. Execution in Counterparts. 
  
 This Indenture may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. 
  
 SECTION 14.10. Severability. 
  
 In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities shall for any reason be held to be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Debt Securities, but this Indenture and such Debt Securities shall be construed as
if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein. 
  
 SECTION 14.11. Assignment. 
  
 Subject to Article XI, the Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Indenture and
the Debt Securities to a direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company will remain liable for all such obligations. Subject to the foregoing, this
Indenture is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Indenture may not otherwise be assigned by the parties thereto. 
  
 SECTION 14.12. Acknowledgment of Rights. 
  
 The Company acknowledges that, with respect to any Debt Securities held by the Trust or the Institutional
Trustee of the Trust, if the Institutional Trustee of the Trust fails to enforce its rights under this Indenture as the holder of Debt Securities held as the assets of the Trust after the holders of a majority in Liquidation Amount of the Capital
Securities of the Trust have so directed in writing such Institutional Trustee, a holder of record of such Capital Securities may to the fullest extent permitted by law institute legal proceedings directly against the Company to enforce such
Institutional Trustee’s rights under this Indenture without first instituting any legal proceedings against such Institutional Trustee or any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and
such event is attributable to the failure of the Company to pay interest (or premium, if any) or principal on the Debt Securities on the date such interest (or premium, if any) or principal is otherwise due and payable (or in the case of redemption,
on the redemption date), the Company acknowledges that a holder of record of Capital Securities of the Trust may directly institute a proceeding against the Company for enforcement of payment to such holder directly of the principal of (or premium,
if any) or interest on the Debt Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Capital Securities of such holder on or after the respective due date specified in the Debt Securities. 
  

 -56- 

 ARTICLE XV 
  
 SUBORDINATION OF DEBT SECURITIES 
  
 SECTION 15.01. Agreement to Subordinate. 
  
 The Company covenants and agrees, and each holder of Debt Securities issued hereunder and under any supplemental indenture (the
“Additional Provisions”) by such Securityholder’s acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Debt Securities shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article XV; and each holder of a Debt Security, whether
upon original issue or upon transfer or assignment thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions. 
  
 The payment by the Company of the payments due on all Debt Securities issued hereunder and under any Additional Provisions shall, to the
extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred.

  
 No provision of this Article XV shall prevent
the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder. 
  
 SECTION 15.02. Default on Senior Indebtedness. 
  
 In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of principal, premium, interest or any other payment due on any Senior Indebtedness of the Company following any applicable grace
period, or in the event that the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company has been accelerated because of a default, and such acceleration has not been rescinded or canceled and such Senior Indebtedness has not been paid in full, then, in
either case, no payment shall be made by the Company with respect to the payments due on the Debt Securities. 
  
 In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the Trustee when such payment is prohibited by the
preceding paragraph of this Section 15.02, such payment shall, subject to Section 15.06, be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their respective representatives,
or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, but only to the extent that the holders of the Senior Indebtedness (or their
representative or representatives or a trustee) notify the Trustee in writing within 90 days of such payment of the amounts then due and owing on the Senior Indebtedness and only the amounts specified in such notice to the Trustee shall be paid to
the holders of Senior Indebtedness. 
  
 SECTION 15.03.
Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy. 
  
 Upon any payment by the Company or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company,
whether voluntary or involuntary or 

  

 -57- 

 
in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings, all amounts due upon all Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall first be paid in full, or
payment thereof provided for in money in accordance with its terms, before any payment is made by the Company on the Debt Securities; and upon any such dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization, any payment by the Company, or
distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled to receive from the Company, except for the provisions of this Article XV, shall
be paid by the Company, or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Securityholders or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them or it, directly
to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders, as calculated by the Company) or their representative or representatives, or to the
trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full, in money
or money’s worth, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Securityholders. 
  
 In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any
payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by the Trustee before all Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full, or
provision is made for such payment in money in accordance with its terms, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative
or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application
to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full in money in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for
the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. 
  
 For purposes of this Article XV, the words “cash, property or securities” shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other
corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article XV with respect to the Debt Securities to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the
Company, that may at the time be outstanding, provided, that (a) such Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (b) the rights of the holders of such
Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the
Company following the conveyance, transfer or other disposition of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms and conditions provided for in Article XI of this Indenture shall not be
deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section 15.03 if such other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in

  

 -58- 

 
Article XI of this Indenture. Nothing in Section 15.02 or in this Section 15.03 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or
pursuant to Section 6.06 of this Indenture. 
  
 SECTION
15.04. Subrogation. 
  
 Subject to the
payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company
applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until all payments due on the Debt Securities shall be paid in full; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or
securities to which the Securityholders or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article XV, and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness
by Securityholders or the Trustee, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Debt Securities be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to or on
account of such Senior Indebtedness. It is understood that the provisions of this Article XV are and are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Debt Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of such
Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand. 
  
 Nothing contained in this Article XV or elsewhere in this Indenture, any Additional Provisions or in the Debt Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness of
the Company, and the holders of the Debt Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the holders of the Debt Securities all payments on the Debt Securities as and when the same shall become due and
payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the holders of the Debt Securities and creditors of the Company, other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, nor shall anything herein
or therein prevent the Trustee or the holder of any Debt Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XV of the holders of such
Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy. 
  
 Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article XV, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of
Article VI of this Indenture, and the Securityholders shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are
pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidation trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Securityholders, for the purposes of ascertaining the Persons
entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or
to this Article XV. 
  

 -59- 

 SECTION 15.05. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. 
  
 Each Securityholder by such Securityholder’s acceptance
thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Securityholder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article XV and appoints the Trustee such Securityholder’s
attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. 
  
 SECTION 15.06.
Notice by the Company. 
  
 The Company
shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debt
Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XV or any other provision of this Indenture or any Additional Provisions, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of
any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debt Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article XV, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Principal Office of
the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee therefor; and before the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article
VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section 15.06 at least two Business Days
prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any money may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Debt Security), then, anything herein contained to
the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purposes for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by
it within two Business Days prior to such date. 
  
 The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture, shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or herself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness of
the Company (or a trustee or representative on behalf of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or a trustee or representative on behalf of any such holder or holders. In the event that the
Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of such Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XV, the Trustee may request
such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other
facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XV, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

  
 SECTION 15.07. Rights of the Trustee, Holders of Senior
Indebtedness. 
  
 The Trustee in its
individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XV in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it, to the same extent as 

  

 -60- 

 
any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture or any Additional Provisions shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such
holder. 
  
 With respect to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness of the Company, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article XV, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of such
Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture or any Additional Provisions against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not owe or be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the provisions of
Article VI of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of such Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver to Securityholders, the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holder of such Senior
Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XV or otherwise. 
  
 Nothing in this Article XV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.06. 
  
 SECTION 15.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired. 
  
 No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at
any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company, or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company, with the terms, provisions and
covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with. 
  
 Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company may, at any time
and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Securityholders, without incurring responsibility to the Securityholders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XV or the
obligations hereunder of the holders of the Debt Securities to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following: (a) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter,
such Senior Indebtedness, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner such Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which such Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (b) sell, exchange, release or
otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing such Senior Indebtedness; (c) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of such Senior Indebtedness; and (d) exercise or refrain from exercising any
rights against the Company, and any other Person. 
  
 LaSalle Bank National Association, in its capacity as Trustee, hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture declared and provided, upon the terms and conditions herein above set forth. 
  

 -61- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective
officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	1st Centennial Bancorp
		
	By:	 	/s/    BETH SANDERS        
	 Name:
	 	Beth Sanders
	 Title:
	 	Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer
	
	LaSalle Bank National Association, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  
 (8) 1st Centennial Bancorp 
  

 -62- 

  
 EXHIBIT A 
  
 FORM OF JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITY 
 DUE 2035 
  
 [FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY] 
  
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY
INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE
144A”), TO A PERSON THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE
TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) TO A “NON U.S. PERSON” IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
OF THE SECURITIES ACT TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF
SUCH AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR,” FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER
INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO IT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES THAT IT WILL COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 
  
 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES, REPRESENTS AND
WARRANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ENGAGE IN HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT. 
  
 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF ALSO AGREES, REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT, 

  

 A-1 

 
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED
(“ERISA”), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), (EACH A “PLAN”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN
THE ENTITY AND NO PERSON INVESTING “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY PLAN MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN, UNLESS SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION OR ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY IS NOT PROHIBITED BY SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH
PURCHASE OR HOLDING. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING THEREOF THAT EITHER (i) IT IS NOT AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 3(3)
OF ERISA, OR A PLAN TO WHICH SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE IS APPLICABLE, A TRUSTEE OR OTHER PERSON ACTING ON BEHALF OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY USING THE ASSETS OF ANY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN TO FINANCE SUCH
PURCHASE, OR (ii) SUCH PURCHASE WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE FOR WHICH THERE IS NO APPLICABLE STATUTORY OR ADMINISTRATIVE EXEMPTION. 
  
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL DELIVER TO
THE COMPANY AND TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE INDENTURE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 
  
 THIS SECURITY WILL BE ISSUED AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN BLOCKS HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOT LESS THAN $100,000 AND
MULTIPLES OF $1,000 IN EXCESS THEREOF. ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN A BLOCK HAVING A PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF LESS THAN $100,000 SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE VOID AND OF NO LEGAL EFFECT WHATSOEVER. ANY SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED NOT
TO BE THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FOR ANY PURPOSE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS SECURITY, AND SUCH PURPORTED TRANSFEREE SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE NO INTEREST WHATSOEVER IN THIS SECURITY. 
  
 THIS OBLIGATION IS NOT A DEPOSIT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE UNITED STATES OR
ANY AGENCY OR FUND OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION. THIS OBLIGATION IS SUBORDINATED TO THE CLAIMS OF DEPOSITORS AND THE CLAIMS OF GENERAL AND SECURED CREDITORS OF THE COMPANY, IS INELIGIBLE AS COLLATERAL FOR
A LOAN BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND IS NOT SECURED. 
  

 A-2 

  
 Form of Junior Subordinated
Debt Security due 2035 
  
 of 
  
 1st Centennial Bancorp 
  
 1st Centennial Bancorp, a bank holding company incorporated in California
(the “Company”), for value received promises to pay to LaSalle Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Institutional Trustee for Centennial Capital Trust III, a Delaware statutory trust (the
“Holder”), or registered assigns, the principal sum of Five Million One Hundred Fifty Five Thousand Dollars on December 15, 2035 and to pay interest on said principal sum from September 28, 2005, or from the most recent interest
payment date (each such date, an “Interest Payment Date”) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly (subject to deferral as set forth herein) in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and
December 15 of each year commencing December 15, 2005, at the rate of         % (the “Fixed Rate”) per annum until December 15 (the “Fixed Rate Period”) and thereafter
at a variable per annum rate equal to LIBOR (as defined in the Indenture) plus 1.45% (the “Variable Rate” and together with the Fixed Rate the “Interest Rate”) (provided, however, that the Interest Rate for any Interest Payment
Period may not exceed the highest rate permitted by New York law, as the same may be modified by United States law of general applicability) until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and on any overdue principal and (without
duplication and to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) on any overdue installment of interest at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate in effect for each such Extension Period compounded quarterly. The
amount of interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be computed during the Fixed Rate Period on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and the amount payable for any partial period shall be computed on the basis of the number
of days elapsed in a 360 day year of twelve 30-day months, and thereafter on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the relevant interest period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any
Interest Payment Date, other than on the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date, falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then any interest payable will be paid on, and such Interest Payment Date will be moved to, the
next succeeding Business Day, and additional interest will accrue for each day that such payment is delayed as a result thereof. If the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date or the Special Redemption Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then
the principal, premium, if any, and/or interest payable on such date will be paid on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of such payment made on such next succeeding Business Day. The interest
installment so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities, as defined in said
Indenture) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment, except that interest and any Deferred Interest payable on the Maturity Date shall be paid to the Person to whom principal is paid. Any such
interest installment not punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holders on such regular record date and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Debt
Securities) is registered at the close of business on a special record date to be fixed by the Trustee for the payment of such defaulted interest, notice whereof shall be given to the registered holders of the Debt Securities not less than 10 days
prior to such special record date, all as more 

  

 A-3 

 
fully provided in the Indenture. The principal of and interest on this Debt Security shall be payable at the office or agency of the Trustee (or other Paying
Agent appointed by the Company) maintained for that purpose in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that payment of
interest may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the registered holder at such address as shall appear in the Debt Security Register or by wire transfer or immediately available funds to an account appropriately designated by the
holder hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the holder of this Debt Security is the Institutional Trustee, payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Debt Security shall be made in immediately available funds
when due at such place and to such account as may be designated by the Institutional Trustee. All payments in respect of this Debt Security shall be payable in any coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts. 
  
 Upon
submission of Notice (as defined in the Indenture) and so long as it is acting in good faith, and so long as no Event of Default pursuant to paragraphs (c), (e) or (f) of Section 5.01 of the Indenture has occurred and is continuing
the Company shall have the right, from time to time and without causing an Event of Default, to defer payments of interest on the Debt Securities by extending the interest distribution period on the Debt Securities at any time and from time to time
during the term of the Debt Securities, for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods (each such extended interest distribution period, an “Extension Period”), during which Extension Period no interest shall be due and payable (except any
Additional Interest that may be due and payable). During any Extension Period, interest will continue to accrue on the Debt Securities, and interest on such accrued interest (such accrued interest and interest thereon referred to herein as
“Deferred Interest”) will accrue at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate applicable during such Extension Period, compounded quarterly from the date such Deferred Interest would have been payable were it not for the Extension Period,
to the extent permitted by law. No Extension Period may end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date. At the end of any such Extension Period the Company shall pay all Deferred Interest then accrued and unpaid on the Debt Securities;
provided, however, that no Extension Period may extend beyond the Maturity Date, any Redemption Date (to the extent redeemed), or any Special Redemption Date; and provided, further, however, during any such Extension
Period, the Company may not (i) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company’s capital stock or (ii) make any payment of principal of
or premium, if any, or interest on or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities of the Company that rank pari passu in all respects with or junior in interest to the Debt Securities or (iii) make any payment under any guarantees of the
Company that rank in all respects pari passu with or junior in respect to the Capital Securities Guarantee (other than (a) repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of the Company (A) in connection
with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants, (B) in connection with a dividend reinvestment or stockholder stock purchase plan or
(C) in connection with the issuance of capital stock of the Company (or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock), as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Extension Period,
(b) as a result of any exchange, reclassification, combination or conversion of any class or series of the Company’s capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Company) for any class or series of the Company’s capital
stock or of any class or series of the 

  

 A-4 

 
Company’s indebtedness for any class or series of the Company’s capital stock, (c) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of the
Company’s capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the security being converted or exchanged, (d) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any stockholder’s rights plan, or the
issuance of rights, stock or other property under any stockholder’s rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto, or (e) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend
stock or the stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks pari passu with or junior to such stock). Prior to the termination of any Extension
Period, the Company may further extend such Extension Period; provided, that no Extension Period (including all previous and further consecutive extensions that are part of such Extension Period) shall exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods,
or extend beyond the Maturity Date. Upon the termination of any Extension Period and upon the payment of all Deferred Interest, the Company may commence a new Extension Period, subject to the foregoing requirements. No interest or Deferred Interest
shall be due and payable during an Extension Period, except at the end thereof, but Deferred Interest shall accrue upon each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during such Extension Period until such installment
is paid. The Company must give the Trustee notice of its election to begin or extend an Extension Period at least one Business Day prior to (i) the earlier of the next succeeding date on which interest on the Debt Securities would have been
payable except for the election to begin such Extension Period or (ii) the date such interest is payable, but in any event not later than the related regular date. 
  
 The indebtedness evidenced by this Debt Security is, to the extent provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in
right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, and this Debt Security is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect thereto. Each holder of this Debt Security, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to
and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee on such holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination so provided and (c) appoints
the Trustee such holder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. Each holder hereof, by such holder’s acceptance hereof, hereby waives all notice of the acceptance of the subordination provisions contained herein and in the
Indenture by each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or hereafter incurred, and waives reliance by each such holder upon said provisions. 
  
 The Company waives diligence, presentment, demand for payment, notice of nonpayment, notice of protest, and all other demands and notices. 
  
 This Debt Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture
hereinafter referred to and shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee. 
  
 The provisions of this Debt Security are continued on the reverse side hereof and such continued provisions shall for all
purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place. 
  

 A-5 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this certificate. 
  

			
	1st Centennial Bancorp
		
	By:	 	/s/    BETH SANDERS        
	 Name:
	 	Beth Sanders
	 Title:
	 	Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer

  
 Dated:
                            , 2005 
  
 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 
  

This is one of the Debt Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	LaSalle Bank National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

  
 Dated:
                            , 2005 
  

 A-6 

  
 [FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY]

  
 This Debt Security is one of a duly authorized series of Debt
Securities of the Company, all issued or to be issued pursuant to an Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of September 28, 2005, duly executed and delivered between the Company and LaSalle Bank National Association, as Trustee (the
“Trustee”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the
holders of the Debt Securities (referred to herein as the “Debt Securities”) of which this Debt Security is a part. The summary of the terms of this Debt Security contained herein does not purport to be complete and is qualified by
reference to the Indenture. 
  
 Upon the occurrence and
continuation of a Tax Event, an Investment Company Event or a Capital Treatment Event (each a “Special Event”), this Debt Security may become due and payable, in whole or in part, at any time, within 90 days following the occurrence of
such Tax Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event (the “Special Redemption Date”), as the case may be, at the Special Redemption Price. 
  
 The Company shall also have the right to redeem this Debt Security at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on any
March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15 on or after December 15 (a “Redemption Date”), at the Redemption Price. 
  
 Any redemption pursuant to the preceding paragraph will be made, subject to the receipt by the Company of prior approval
from any regulatory authority with jurisdiction over the Company if such approval is then required under applicable capital guidelines or policies of such regulatory authority, upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice. If
the Debt Securities are only partially redeemed by the Company, the Debt Securities will be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by any other method utilized by the Trustee. 
  
 “Redemption Price” means 100% of the principal amount of the Debt Securities being redeemed plus accrued and
unpaid interest on such Debt Securities to the Redemption Date. 
  
 “Special Redemption Price” means, with respect to the redemption of any Debt Security following a Special Event, an amount in cash equal to 103.525% of the principal amount of Debt Securities to be redeemed prior to
December 15, 2006 and thereafter equal to the percentage of the principal amount of the Debt Securities that is specified below for the Special Redemption Date plus, in each case, unpaid interest accrued thereon to the Special Redemption Date:

  

				
	 Special Redemption During the
12-Month Period Beginning December 15

	  	Percentage of Principal Amount

	 
	2006	  	103.140	%
	2007	  	102.355	%
	2008	  	101.570	%
	2009	  	100.785	%
	2010 and thereafter	  	100.000	%

  

 A-7 

 In the event of redemption of this Debt Security in part only, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities for
the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof. 
  
 In certain cases where an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of all of the Debt
Securities may be declared, and, in certain cases, shall ipso facto become, due and payable, and upon such declaration of acceleration shall become due and payable, in each case, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided
in the Indenture. 
  
 The Indenture contains provisions permitting
the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time outstanding affected thereby, as specified in the Indenture, to execute supplemental indentures
for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of the Debt Securities;
provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, among other things, without the consent of the holders of each Debt Security then outstanding and affected thereby (i) change the Maturity Date of any Debt Security, or
reduce the principal amount thereof or any premium thereon, or reduce the rate (or manner of calculation of the rate) or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce (other than as a result of the maturity or earlier redemption of any
such Debt Security in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and such Debt Security) or increase the aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities then outstanding, or change any of the redemption provisions, or make the principal thereof or any
interest or premium thereon payable in any coin or currency other than United States Dollars, or impair or affect the right of any holder of Debt Securities to institute suit for the payment thereof, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of
Debt Securities, the holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities at the time
outstanding, on behalf of all of the holders of the Debt Securities, to waive any past default in the performance of any of the covenants contained in the Indenture, or established pursuant to the Indenture, and its consequences, except (a) a
default in payments due in respect of any of the Debt Securities, (b) in respect of covenants or provisions of the Indenture which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Debt Security affected, or (c) in
respect of the covenants of the Company relating to its ownership of Common Securities of the Trust. Any such consent or waiver by the registered holder of this Debt Security (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and
binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of this Debt Security and of any Debt Security issued in exchange herefor or in place hereof (whether by registration of transfer or otherwise), irrespective of whether or not any
notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Debt Security. 
  
 No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debt Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay all payments due on this Debt Security at the
time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed. 
  

 A-8 

 As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, this Debt
Security is transferable by the registered holder hereof on the Debt Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Debt Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Trustee in Houston, Texas accompanied by a
written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee duly executed by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Debt Securities
of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be made for any such registration of transfer, but the Company may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in relation thereto. 
  
 Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Debt Security, the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any transfer agent and the Debt Security registrar may deem and treat
the registered holder hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or not this Debt Security shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing hereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of the principal of and premium, if
any, and interest on this Debt Security and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any transfer agent nor any Debt Security registrar shall be affected by any notice to
the contrary. 
  
 No recourse shall be had for the payment of the
principal of or the interest on this Debt Security, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as
such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof
and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released. 
  
 The Debt Securities are issuable only in registered certificated form without coupons. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, Debt Securities are exchangeable for
a like aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the holder surrendering the same. 
  
 All terms used in this Debt Security that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
  
 THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN THE INDENTURE AND THE DEBT
SECURITIES, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW). 
  

 A-9

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00093-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00093-of-00352.parquet"}]]